Form 6-K
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 6-K
Report of Foreign Private Issuer
Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934
For the quarter ended June 30, 2011
Commission File Number 00132945
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in the charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrants name into English)
Jersey, Channel Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex
Pirojshanagar, Vikroli (W)
Mumbai 400 079, India
+91-22 - 4095-2100
(Address of principal executive offices)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover Form
20-F or Form 40-F.
Form 20-F þ Form 40-F o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by
Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1): o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by
Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7): o
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form
is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes o No þ
If Yes is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to registrant in connection with Rule
12g3-2(b): Not applicable.
WNS (Holdings) Limited is incorporating by reference the information and exhibits set forth in
this Form 6-K into its registration statement on Form S-8 (Registration No: 333-136168).
CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS REPORT
In this report, references to US are to the United States of America, its territories and its
possessions. References to UK are to the United Kingdom. References to India are to the
Republic of India. References to $ or dollars or US dollars are to the legal currency of the
US and references to
or rupees or Indian rupees are to the legal currency of India.
References to pound sterling or £ are to the legal currency of the UK. References to the Euro
are to the legal currency of the European Monetary Union References to pence are to the legal
currency of Jersey, Channel Islands. Our financial statements are prepared in US dollars. Until
March 31, 2011, we prepared our financial statements in accordance with US generally accepted
accounting principles (US GAAP), which is considered our Previous GAAP. With effect from April 1,
2011, we adopted the International Financial Reporting Standards and its interpretations (IFRS),
as issued by International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Our financial statements included
in this report are prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by IASB, as in effect as at June 30,
2011. To the extent IASB issues any amendments or any new standards subsequent to June 30, 2011,
there may be differences between IFRS applied to prepare the financial statements included in this
report and those that will be applied in our annual financial statements for the year ending March
31, 2012.
The financial statements included in this report are our first IFRS condensed interim consolidated
financial statements and IFRS 1, First Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting
Standards has been applied. These unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements do
not include all the information required for full audited annual consolidated financial statements
and are prepared in accordance with IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting. An explanation of how
the transition to IFRS has affected our reported financial position and financial performance is
provided in Note 2.i. to the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements included
in this report. Note 2.i. includes reconciliations of equity as at April 1, 2010, June 30, 2010 and
March 31, 2011, and profit and comprehensive income for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and
for the year ended March 31, 2011. References to a particular fiscal year are to our fiscal year
ended March 31 of that year. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts
listed are due to rounding.
In this report, unless otherwise specified or the context requires, the term WNS refers to WNS
(Holdings) Limited, a public company incorporated under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, and
the terms our company, we, our and us refer to WNS (Holdings) Limited and
its subsidiaries.
We also refer in various places within this report to revenue less repair payments, which is a
non-GAAP measure that is calculated as revenue less payments to automobile repair centers and more
fully explained in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. The presentation of this non-GAAP information is not meant to be considered in
isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS. Unless
otherwise indicated, references to GAAP in this report are to IFRS, as issued by IASB.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations,
assumptions, estimates and projections about our company and our industry. The forward-looking
statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Generally, these forward-looking
statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as anticipate,
believe, estimate, expect, intend, will, project, seek, should and similar
expressions. Those statements include, among other things, the discussions of our business strategy
and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability,
liquidity and capital resources and the impact of our adoption of IFRS, as issued by
IASB. We caution you that reliance on any forward-looking statement involves risks and
uncertainties, and that although we believe that the assumptions on which our forward-looking
statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and, as
a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could be materially incorrect.
These risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to:
|
|
worldwide economic and business conditions; |
|
|
|
political or economic instability in the jurisdictions where we have
operations; |
|
|
|
regulatory, legislative and judicial developments; |
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain clients; |
|
|
|
technological innovation; |
|
|
|
telecommunications or technology disruptions; |
|
|
|
future regulatory actions and conditions in our operating areas; |
|
|
|
our dependence on a limited number of clients in a limited number of
industries; |
Page 1
|
|
our ability to expand our business or effectively manage growth; |
|
|
|
our ability to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations; |
|
|
|
negative public reaction in the US or the UK to offshore outsourcing; |
|
|
|
increasing competition in the business process outsourcing industry; |
|
|
|
our ability to successfully grow our revenue, expand our service offerings and market share
and achieve accretive benefits from our acquisition of Aviva Global Services Singapore Pte.
Ltd., or Aviva Global (which we have renamed as WNS Customer Solutions (Singapore) Private
Limited, or WNS Global Singapore following our acquisition) and our master services agreement
with Aviva Global Services (Management Services) Private Limited, or AVIVA MS, as described
below; |
|
|
|
our ability to successfully consummate strategic acquisitions; and |
|
|
|
volatility of our ADS price. |
These and other factors are more fully discussed in our other filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including in Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in our annual report on Form 20-F
for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not
conclude that we will necessarily achieve any plans, objectives or projected financial results
referred to in any of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we do not
undertake to release revisions of any of these forward-looking statements to reflect future events
or circumstances.
Page 2
Part I FINANCIAL INFORMATION
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(Unaudited, amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
|
As at |
|
|
As at |
|
|
|
Notes |
|
June 30, 2011 |
|
|
March 31, 2011 |
|
|
April 1, 2010 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
4 |
|
$ |
20,290 |
|
|
$ |
27,090 |
|
|
$ |
32,311 |
|
Bank deposits and marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
Trade receivables |
|
5 |
|
|
70,494 |
|
|
|
78,586 |
|
|
|
44,821 |
|
Unbilled revenue |
|
|
|
|
31,096 |
|
|
|
30,837 |
|
|
|
40,892 |
|
Funds held for clients |
|
|
|
|
7,944 |
|
|
|
8,799 |
|
|
|
11,372 |
|
Current tax assets |
|
|
|
|
6,373 |
|
|
|
8,502 |
|
|
|
5,602 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
10 |
|
|
8,332 |
|
|
|
11,182 |
|
|
|
22,808 |
|
Prepayments and other current assets |
|
6 |
|
|
20,795 |
|
|
|
16,447 |
|
|
|
16,694 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
165,336 |
|
|
|
181,455 |
|
|
|
174,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments |
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
7 |
|
|
93,502 |
|
|
|
93,533 |
|
|
|
90,662 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
8 |
|
|
148,615 |
|
|
|
156,587 |
|
|
|
188,079 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
9 |
|
|
49,351 |
|
|
|
47,178 |
|
|
|
48,547 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
10 |
|
|
2,126 |
|
|
|
2,282 |
|
|
|
8,375 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
34,829 |
|
|
|
33,518 |
|
|
|
25,200 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
6 |
|
|
7,912 |
|
|
|
8,040 |
|
|
|
8,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
336,337 |
|
|
|
341,140 |
|
|
|
369,474 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
|
$ |
501,673 |
|
|
$ |
522,595 |
|
|
$ |
544,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade payables |
|
|
|
$ |
32,495 |
|
|
$ |
43,748 |
|
|
$ |
27,900 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
34,988 |
|
|
|
32,933 |
|
|
|
43,390 |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
10 |
|
|
7,860 |
|
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
|
17,597 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
|
|
|
24,089 |
|
|
|
31,029 |
|
|
|
31,023 |
|
Short term line of credit |
|
|
|
|
11,700 |
|
|
|
14,593 |
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long term debt |
|
|
|
|
49,515 |
|
|
|
49,392 |
|
|
|
39,567 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
6,234 |
|
|
|
6,962 |
|
|
|
4,891 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
|
|
2,707 |
|
|
|
3,088 |
|
|
|
2,550 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
12 |
|
|
5,223 |
|
|
|
4,126 |
|
|
|
8,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
174,811 |
|
|
|
195,834 |
|
|
|
175,663 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
10 |
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
7,600 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
|
|
|
4,720 |
|
|
|
4,485 |
|
|
|
4,286 |
|
Long term debt |
|
|
|
|
43,016 |
|
|
|
42,889 |
|
|
|
94,658 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
5,485 |
|
|
|
5,976 |
|
|
|
3,515 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
12 |
|
|
2,365 |
|
|
|
2,978 |
|
|
|
3,727 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
4,684 |
|
|
|
5,146 |
|
|
|
8,226 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
60,618 |
|
|
|
61,905 |
|
|
|
122,012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
235,429 |
|
|
|
257,739 |
|
|
|
297,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital (ordinary shares $0.16
(10 pence) par value, authorized
50,000,000 shares; issued: 44,500,684, 44,443,726 and 43,743,953 shares,
respectively) |
|
|
|
|
6,965 |
|
|
|
6,955 |
|
|
|
6,848 |
|
Share premium |
|
|
|
|
213,283 |
|
|
|
211,430 |
|
|
|
206,968 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
|
|
47,248 |
|
|
|
46,589 |
|
|
|
28,676 |
|
Other components of equity |
|
|
|
|
(1,252 |
) |
|
|
(118 |
) |
|
|
3,852 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
266,244 |
|
|
|
264,856 |
|
|
|
246,344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
$ |
501,673 |
|
|
$ |
522,595 |
|
|
$ |
544,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
Page 3
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Unaudited, amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, |
|
|
|
Notes |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Revenue |
|
13 |
|
$ |
125,663 |
|
|
$ |
149,964 |
|
Cost of revenue |
|
13, 14 |
|
|
95,410 |
|
|
|
122,740 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
30,253 |
|
|
|
27,224 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing expenses |
|
14 |
|
|
6,629 |
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
14 |
|
|
12,749 |
|
|
|
14,107 |
|
Foreign exchange gains, net |
|
|
|
|
(1,325 |
) |
|
|
(3,034 |
) |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
7,840 |
|
|
|
7,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
4,360 |
|
|
|
3,116 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
(175 |
) |
Finance expense |
|
|
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
|
|
3,388 |
|
|
|
(4,253 |
) |
Provision for income taxes |
|
16 |
|
|
2,729 |
|
|
|
1,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) |
|
|
|
$ |
659 |
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share of ordinary share |
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
(0.13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
(0.13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
Page 4
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited, amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, |
|
|
|
Notes |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Profit (loss) |
|
|
|
$ |
659 |
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes |
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension adjustment |
|
|
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
13 |
|
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current year gain (loss) |
|
|
|
|
1,644 |
|
|
|
(3,436 |
) |
Reclassification to profit (loss) |
|
|
|
|
(2,405 |
) |
|
|
930 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
(300 |
) |
|
|
(4,912 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive loss, net of taxes |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,134 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,405 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
$ |
(475 |
) |
|
$ |
(13,240 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
Page 5
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Unaudited, amounts in thousands, expect per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other components of equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
currency |
|
|
Cash flow |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Par |
|
|
Share |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
translation |
|
|
hedging |
|
|
Pension |
|
|
shareholders |
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
value |
|
|
premium |
|
|
earnings |
|
|
reserve |
|
|
reserve |
|
|
adjustments |
|
|
equity |
|
Balance as at April 1, 2011 |
|
|
44,443,726 |
|
|
$ |
6,955 |
|
|
$ |
211,430 |
|
|
$ |
46,589 |
|
|
$ |
(4,273 |
) |
|
$ |
3,459 |
|
|
$ |
696 |
|
|
$ |
264,856 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for exercised options
and restricted share units (RSUs) |
|
|
56,958 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation charge |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of
share-based options and RSUs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
659 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
659 |
|
Other
comprehensive loss, net of taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(300 |
) |
|
|
(761 |
) |
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
(1,134 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at June 30, 2011 |
|
|
44,500,684 |
|
|
$ |
6,965 |
|
|
$ |
213,283 |
|
|
$ |
47,248 |
|
|
$ |
(4,573 |
) |
|
$ |
2,698 |
|
|
$ |
623 |
|
|
$ |
266,244 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other components of equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
currency |
|
|
Cash flow |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Par |
|
|
Share |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
translation |
|
|
hedging |
|
|
Pension |
|
|
shareholders |
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
value |
|
|
premium |
|
|
earnings |
|
|
reserve |
|
|
reserve |
|
|
adjustments |
|
|
equity |
|
Balance as at
April 1, 2010 |
|
|
43,743,953 |
|
|
$ |
6,848 |
|
|
$ |
206,968 |
|
|
$ |
28,676 |
|
|
$ |
(11,578 |
) |
|
$ |
15,430 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
246,344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for
exercised options
and restricted
share units
(RSUs) |
|
|
373,132 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
391 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based
compensation
charge |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax
benefits from
exercise of
share-based
options and RSUs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
746 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
746 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,835 |
) |
Other comprehensive
income(loss), net of
taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,912 |
) |
|
|
(2,506 |
) |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
(7,405 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at June
30, 2010 |
|
|
44,117,085 |
|
|
$ |
6,904 |
|
|
$ |
208,149 |
|
|
$ |
22,841 |
|
|
$ |
(16,490 |
) |
|
$ |
12,924 |
|
|
$ |
13 |
|
|
$ |
234,341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
Page 6
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited, amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash generated from operations |
|
$ |
5,703 |
|
|
$ |
9,976 |
|
Interest paid |
|
|
(1,339 |
) |
|
|
(2,646 |
) |
Interest received |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
Income tax paid |
|
|
(2,042 |
) |
|
|
(2,851 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
2,334 |
|
|
|
4,515 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment |
|
|
(6,752 |
) |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment, net |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
Marketable securities and deposits purchased, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(6,685 |
) |
|
|
(2,702 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
447 |
|
Excess tax benefits from share based compensation |
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
749 |
|
Payment of debt issuance cost |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(534 |
) |
(Repayments) proceeds from short term borrowings, net |
|
|
(3,001 |
) |
|
|
6,104 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(2,641 |
) |
|
|
6,766 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange difference on cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
(2,060 |
) |
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(6,800 |
) |
|
|
6,519 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period |
|
|
27,090 |
|
|
|
32,311 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period |
|
$ |
20,290 |
|
|
$ |
38,830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
Page 7
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
1. Company overview
WNS
(Holdings) Limited (WNS Holdings), along with its
subsidiaries (collectively, the Company), is a global
business process outsourcing (BPO) company with client service offices in Australia, London (UK),
New York (US), Singapore and delivery centers in Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Romania, Sri
Lanka, and the UK. The Companys clients are primarily in the travel, banking, financial services,
insurance, healthcare and utilities, retail and consumer product industries.
WNS Holdings is incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands and maintains a registered office in Jersey
at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES.
These condensed interim consolidated financial statements
were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on July 20, 2011.
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
These condensed interim consolidated financial
statements are covered by International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) 1, First time
adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards, as they are part of the period covered
by the Companys first IFRS financial statements for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2012 and
are prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard
(IAS) 34, Interim financial
reporting. They do not include all of the information required in annual financial statements
in accordance with IFRS.
The condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position corresponds to the
classification provisions contained in IAS 1 (revised), Presentation of financial statements.
For clarity, various items are aggregated in the statements of income and statements of
financial position. These items are disaggregated separately in the Notes, where applicable.
The Company has adopted all IFRS standards and the adoption was carried out in accordance with
IFRS 1. The transition was carried out from accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (US GAAP) which is considered as the Previous GAAP. An explanation of
the effect of the transition from Previous GAAP to IFRS on the Companys equity and profit
(loss) is provided in note 2.i.
Accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the consolidated
financial statements including the preparation of the IFRS opening statement of financial
position as at April 1, 2010 (Transition Date) for the purpose of the transition to IFRS and
as required by IFRS 1.
b. |
|
Basis of measurement |
|
|
|
The condensed interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost
convention and on an accrual basis, except for the following material items that have been
measured at fair value as required by relevant IFRS:- |
|
a. |
|
Derivative financial instruments; and |
|
|
b. |
|
Share based payment transactions. |
Page 8
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
c. |
|
Use of estimates and judgments |
|
|
|
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make
judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the
reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from
those estimates. |
|
|
|
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting
estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future
period affected. In particular, information about significant areas of estimation, uncertainty
and critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on
the amount recognized in the condensed interim consolidated financial statements is included in
the following notes: |
|
i. |
|
Revenue recognition: |
|
|
|
|
The Company has, in limited instances, minimum commitment arrangements, wherein the service
contracts provide for a minimum revenue commitment on a cumulative basis over multiple years,
stated in terms of annual minimum amounts. However, when the shortfall in a particular year
can be offset with revenue received in excess of minimum commitments in subsequent years, the
Company recognizes deferred revenue for the shortfall which has been invoiced and received.
To the extent the Company has sufficient experience to conclude that the shortfall will not
be satisfied by excess revenue in a subsequent period, the deferred revenue will be
recognized as revenue in that period. |
|
|
|
|
Key factors that are used to determine whether the Company has sufficient experience include: |
|
|
|
the historical volume of business done with a client as compared with initial
projections of volume as agreed to by the client and the Company; |
|
|
|
|
the length of time for which the Company has such historical experience; |
|
|
|
|
future volume expected based on projections received from the client; and |
|
|
|
|
the Companys internal expectations of the ongoing volume with the client. |
Otherwise the deferred revenue will remain until such time the Company concludes that it will
not receive revenue in excess of the minimum commitment.
Page 9
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
For certain agreements, the Company has retroactive discounts related to meeting agreed
volumes. In such situations, the Company records revenue at the discounted rate, although the
Company initially bill at the higher rate, unless the Company can determine that the agreed
volumes will not be met, based on the factors discussed above.
The Company provides automobile claims handling services, wherein the Company enters into
contracts with its clients to process all their claims over the contract period, where the
fees are determined either on a per claim basis or is a fixed payment for the contract
period. Where the contracts are on a per claim basis, the Company invoices the client at the
inception of the claim process. The Company estimates the processing period for the claims
and recognizes revenue over the estimated processing period. This processing period generally
ranges between one to two months. The processing time may be greater for new clients and the
estimated service period is adjusted accordingly. The processing period is estimated based on
historical experience and other relevant factors, if any.
|
ii. |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts: |
|
|
|
|
The allowance for doubtful accounts is evaluated on a regular basis and adjusted based upon
managements best estimate of probable losses inherent in accounts receivable. In estimating
probable losses, the Company reviews accounts that are past due, non-performing or in
bankruptcy. The Company determines an estimated loss for specific accounts and estimates an
additional amount for the remainder of receivables based on historical trends and other
factors. Adverse economic conditions or other factors that might cause deterioration of the
financial health of customers could change the timing and levels of payments received and
necessitate a change in estimated losses. |
|
iii. |
|
Income taxes: |
|
|
|
|
The major tax jurisdictions for the Company are India, United Kingdom and the United States
of America, though the Company also files tax returns in other foreign jurisdictions.
Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes including
judgment on whether tax positions are probable of being sustained in tax assessments. A tax
assessment can involve complex issues, which can only be resolved over extended time periods.
The recognition of taxes that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or
uncertainties is assessed individually by management based on the specific facts and
circumstances. |
|
|
iv. |
|
Deferred taxes: |
|
|
|
|
The assessment of the probability of future taxable profit in which deferred tax assets can
be utilized is based on the Companys latest approved budget forecast, which is adjusted for
significant non-taxable profit and expenses and specific limits to the use of any unused tax
loss or credit. The tax rules in the numerous jurisdictions in which the Company operates are
also carefully taken into consideration. If a positive forecast of taxable profit indicates
the probable use of a deferred tax asset, especially when it can be utilized without a time
limit, that deferred tax asset is usually recognized in full. The recognition of deferred tax
assets that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed
individually by management based on the specific facts and circumstances. |
|
|
v. |
|
Impairment: |
|
|
|
|
An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which an assets or cash-generating units
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. To determine the recoverable amount,
management estimates expected future cash flows from each asset or cash-generating unit and
determines a suitable interest rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash
flows. In the process of measuring expected future cash flows management makes assumptions
about future operating results. These assumptions relate to future events and circumstances.
The actual results may vary, and may cause significant adjustments to the Companys assets
within the next financial year. |
|
|
|
|
In most cases, determining the applicable discount rate involves estimating the appropriate
adjustment to market risk and the appropriate adjustment to asset-specific risk factors. |
Page 10
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
vi. |
|
Valuation of derivative financial instrument: |
|
|
|
|
Management uses valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of financial instruments,
where active market quotes are not available. In applying the valuation techniques,
management makes maximum use of market inputs, and uses estimates and assumptions that are,
as far as possible, consistent with observable data that market participants would use in
pricing the instrument. Where applicable data is not observable, management uses its best
estimate about the assumptions that market participants would make. These estimates may vary
from the actual prices that would be achieved in an arms length transaction at the reporting
date. |
|
|
vii. |
|
Accounting for defined benefit plans: |
|
|
|
|
In accounting for pension and post-retirement benefits, several statistical and other factors
that attempt to anticipate future events are used to calculate plan expenses and liabilities.
These factors include expected return on plan assets, discount rate assumptions and rate of
future compensation increases. To estimate these factors, actuarial consultants also use
estimates such as withdrawal, turnover, and mortality rates which require significant
judgment. The actuarial assumptions used by the Company may differ materially from actual
results in future periods due to changing market and economic conditions, regulatory events,
judicial rulings, higher or lower withdrawal rates, or longer or shorter participant life
spans. |
|
|
viii. |
|
Business combination: |
|
|
|
|
In accounting for business combination, judgment is required in identifying whether an
identifiable intangible asset is to be recorded separately from goodwill. Additionally,
estimating the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed involves management judgment. These measurements are based on information
available at the acquisition date and are based on expectations and assumptions that have
been deemed reasonable by management. Any subsequent change in these estimates would affect
the amount of goodwill if the change qualifies as a measurement period adjustment. Any other
change would be recognized in the statement of income in the subsequent period. |
|
|
ix. |
|
Other estimates: |
|
|
|
|
The preparation of financial statements involves estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amount of assets, liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of
financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses for the reporting
period. The stock compensation expense is determined based on the Companys estimate of
equity instruments that will eventually vest. |
Page 11
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
d. |
|
Basis of consolidation |
|
|
|
The Company consolidates entities which it owns or controls. Control exists when the Company
is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has
the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. In assessing
control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable are taken into account.
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases. |
|
i. |
|
Business Combinations |
|
|
|
|
Business combinations consummated subsequent to the Transition Date are accounted for using
the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations. |
|
|
|
|
The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets transferred, equity
instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. The cost
of acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Identifiable
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in
a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition.
Significant estimates are required to be made in determining the value of contingent
consideration and intangible assets. These valuations are conducted by independent valuation
experts. |
|
|
|
|
Transaction costs that the Company incurs in connection with a business combination such as
finders fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, and other professional and consulting fees are
expensed as incurred. |
|
|
ii. |
|
Transactions with noncontrolling interest |
|
|
|
|
In April 2008, the Company formed a joint venture, WNS Philippines, with Advanced Contact
Solutions, Inc. (ACS) in the Philippines. ACS has assigned its rights and obligations under
the joint venture agreement in favor of its holding company Paxys Inc. Philippines
(Paxys).This joint venture is majority owned by the Company (65%) and the balance by Paxys.
Pursuant to the joint venture agreement, the Company has a call option to acquire from Paxys
the remaining shares owned by Paxys and Paxys has a put option to sell all of its
shareholding in the joint venture to the Company, upon the occurrence of certain conditions,
as set forth in the joint venture agreement, or after August 6, 2012. |
|
|
|
|
In accordance with IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation, the Company has
derecognized noncontrolling interest since the Company had the risk and rewards for the
ownership of the joint venture. However, with the existence of the put option, the Company
has a contractual obligation to deliver cash and hence the put option has been classified as
a financial liability. |
|
|
iii. |
|
Transactions eliminated on consolidation |
|
|
|
|
All intra-company balances, transactions, income and expenses including unrealized income or
expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation. |
Page 12
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
e. |
|
Functional and presentation currency |
|
|
|
The condensed interim consolidated financial statements of each of the Companys subsidiaries
are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which these entities
operates (i.e. the functional currency). The condensed interim consolidated financial
statements are presented in US dollars (USD) which is the presentation currency of the Company
and has been rounded off to the nearest thousands. |
f. |
|
Foreign currency transactions and translation |
|
i. |
|
Transactions in foreign currency |
|
|
|
|
Transactions in foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the
exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses
resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at the exchange
rates prevailing at reporting date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are recognized in the statement of income. Gains/losses relating to translation or
settlement of trading activities are disclosed under foreign exchange gains/losses and
translation or settlements of financing activities are disclosed under finance expenses. |
|
|
ii. |
|
Foreign operations |
|
|
|
|
For the purpose of presenting condensed interim consolidated financial statements, the assets
and liabilities of the Companys foreign operations that have local functional currency are
translated into US dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and
expense are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences
arising, if any, are recorded in equity as part of the Companys other comprehensive income.
Such exchange differences are recognized in the statement of income in the period in which
such foreign operations are disposed. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the
acquisition of foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign
operation and translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date. |
|
|
iii. |
|
Others |
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency differences arising on the translation or settlement of a financial liability
designated and effective as a hedge of a net investment in foreign operation are recognized
directly in equity as part of the Companys other comprehensive income. The amount recognized
in equity is transferred to the statement of income, as an adjustment to the profit or loss
upon disposal of the related foreign operation. |
|
|
i. |
|
Financial instruments initial recognition and subsequent measurement |
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments are classified in the following categories: |
|
|
|
Non-derivative financial assets comprising loans and receivables and
available-for-sale. |
|
|
|
|
Non-derivative financial liabilities comprising long term and short term
borrowings and trade and other payables. |
|
|
|
|
Derivative financial instruments under the category of financial assets or
financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and fair value
through other comprehensive income. |
The classification of financial instruments depends on the purpose for which those were
acquired. Management determines the classification of the Companys financial instruments at
initial recognition.
Page 13
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
1) |
|
Non derivative financial assets |
|
|
a) |
|
Loans and receivables |
|
|
|
|
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable
payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are presented as current assets, except
for those maturing later than 12 months after the balance sheet date which are presented as
non-current assets. Loans and receivables are measured initially at fair value plus
transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate
method, less any impairment loss or provisions for doubtful accounts. Loans and receivables
are represented by trade receivables, net of allowances for impairment, unbilled revenue, cash
and cash equivalents and other assets. |
|
|
b) |
|
Available-for-sale financial assets |
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either
designated in this category or are not classified in any of the other categories.
Available-for-sale financial assets are recognized initially at fair value plus transactions
costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these are measured at fair value and changes
therein, other than impairment losses and foreign exchange gains and losses on
available-for-sale monetary items, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income. When
an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is
transferred to the statement of income. These are presented as current assets unless
management intends to dispose of the assets after 12 months from the balance sheet date. |
|
|
2) |
|
Non derivative financial liabilities |
|
|
|
|
All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value, except in the case of loans
and borrowings which are recognized at fair value net of directly attributable transaction
costs. The Companys financial liabilities include trade and other payables, bank overdrafts,
loans and borrowings. |
|
|
|
|
Trade and other payables maturing later than 12 months after the balance sheet date are
presented as non-current liabilities. |
|
|
|
|
After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at
amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Gains and losses are recognized in
the statement of income when the liabilities are derecognized as well as through the effective
interest rate method amortization process. |
|
|
3) |
|
Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting |
|
|
|
|
The Company is exposed to foreign currency fluctuations on foreign currency assets,
liabilities, net investment in foreign operations and forecasted cash flows denominated in
foreign currency. The Company limits the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuation by
following established risk management policies including the use of derivatives. The Company
enters into derivative financial instruments where the counter party is a bank. The Company
holds derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts
and interest rate swaps to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. |
Page 14
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
a) |
|
Cash flow hedges |
|
|
|
|
The Company recognizes derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the
statement of financial position at fair value. Derivative instruments qualify for hedge
accounting when the instrument is designated as a hedge; the hedged item is specifically
identifiable and exposes the Company to risk; and it is expected that a change in fair value
of the derivative instrument and an opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item will
have a high degree of correlation. |
|
|
|
|
For derivative instruments where hedge accounting is applied, the Company records the
effective portion of derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges in other
comprehensive income (loss) in the statement comprehensive income, which is reclassified into
earnings in the same period during which the hedged item affects earnings. The remaining gain
or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value
of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any (i.e., the ineffectiveness portion) or hedge
components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, and changes in fair value of other
derivative instruments not designated as qualifying hedges is recorded as gains / losses, net
in the statement of income. Gains/losses on cash flow hedges on intercompany forecasted
revenue transactions are recorded in foreign exchange gains/losses and cash flow hedge on
interest rate swaps are recorded in finance expense. Cash flows from the derivative
instruments are classified within cash flows from operating activities in the statement of
cash flows. |
|
|
4) |
|
Offsetting of financial instruments |
|
|
|
|
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset against each other and the net amount
reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if, and only if, there is a
currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention
to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. |
|
|
5) |
|
Fair value of financial instruments |
|
|
|
|
The fair value of financial instruments that are traded in active markets at each reporting
date is determined by reference to quoted market prices or dealer price quotations, without
any deduction for transaction costs. For financial instruments not traded in an active
market, the fair value is determined using appropriate valuation models. Where applicable,
these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value
using market-based observable inputs including interest rate curves, credit risk, foreign
exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies. |
|
|
6) |
|
Impairment of financial assets |
|
|
|
|
The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a
financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset is considered
impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect
on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. Individually significant financial assets
are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The remaining financial assets are assessed
collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics. |
Impairment loss in respect of loans and receivables measured at amortized cost are calculated
as the difference between their carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated
future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. Such impairment loss is
recognized in the statement of income.
Page 15
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
b) |
|
Available-for-sale financial assets |
Significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost and the
disappearance of an active trading market for the security are objective evidence that the
security is impaired. An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset
is calculated by reference to its fair value. The cumulative loss that was recognized in the
equity is transferred to the statement of income upon impairment.
g. |
|
Equity and share capital |
|
a) |
|
Share capital and share premium |
|
|
|
|
The Company has only one class of equity shares. The authorized share capital of the Company
is 50,000,000 equity shares, par value $0.16 (10 pence) per share. Par value of the equity
share is recorded as the share capital and the amount received in excess of par value is
classified as share premium. Share based payment charge and excess tax benefit related to
share option exercises is recorded in share premium. |
|
|
b) |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings comprise the Companys undistributed earnings after taxes. |
|
|
c) |
|
Other components of equity |
|
|
|
|
Other components of equity consist of the following: |
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedging reserve |
|
|
|
|
Changes in fair value of derivative hedging instruments designated and effective as a cash
flow hedge are recognized net of taxes. |
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation reserve |
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation consists of the exchange difference arising from the translation
of financial statement of foreign subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
|
Pension adjustments |
|
|
|
|
This reserve represents cumulative actuarial gain and losses recognized on defined benefits
plans. |
|
|
ii. |
|
Bank deposits and marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
Bank deposits consist of term deposits with an original maturity of more than three months.
The Companys marketable securities represent highly liquid investments and are acquired
principally for the purpose of generating a profit from short-term fluctuation in prices. All
purchases and sales of such investments are recognized on the trade date. Investments are
initially measured at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration paid, including
transaction costs. All marketable securities are classified and accounted as trading
investments and accordingly, reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in
the consolidated statement of income. Interest and dividend income is recognized when earned. |
Page 16
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
iii. |
|
Funds held for clients |
|
|
|
|
Some of the Companys agreements in the Auto Claims handling services allow the Company to
temporarily hold funds on behalf of the client. The funds are segregated from the Companys
funds and there is usually a short period of time between when the Company receives these
funds from the client and when the payments are made on their behalf. |
|
|
iv. |
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, except for certain items of furniture,
fixture and office equipment and leasehold improvements for which fair value as of the
Transition Date is taken as its deemed cost (see note 2h. a) ii.), and depreciation and
amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets, which are as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset description |
|
Asset life (in years) |
|
Buildings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
Computers and software |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3-4 |
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4-5 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term |
|
Assets acquired under capital leases are capitalized as assets by the Company at the lower of
the fair value of the leased property or the present value of the related lease payments or
where applicable, the estimated fair value of such assets. Assets under capital leases and
leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated
useful life of the assets. Where the fair valuation of an asset on the Transition Date is
taken as the deemed cost, the depreciation is calculated over its estimated remaining useful
life.
Advances paid towards the acquisition of property and equipment and the cost of property and
equipment not put to use before the balance sheet date are disclosed under the caption
capital work-in-progress.
Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment, if indicators of impairment arise. The
evaluation of impairment is based upon a comparison of the carrying amount of the property
and equipment to the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by
the property and equipment. If estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the
carrying amount of the property and equipment, the asset is considered impaired. The
impairment expense is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of the property and
equipment to its carrying value, with any shortfall from fair value recognized as an expense
in the current period. The fair value is determined based on valuation techniques such as
discounted cash flows or comparison to fair values of similar assets.
Page 17
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
v. |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the
Companys share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of
acquisition. Goodwill is allocated to the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the
synergies of the combination for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill is tested, at
the cash-generating unit (or group of cash generating units) level, for impairment annually
or if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment loss
on goodwill is not reversed. See further, discussion on impairment testing under Impairment
of intangible assets and goodwill below. |
|
|
vi. |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets are recognized only when it is probable that the expected future economic
benefits attributable to the assets will accrue to the Company and the cost can be reliably
measured. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value
using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset.
Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over the estimated useful lives and are
reviewed for impairment, if indicators of impairment arise. See further, discussion on
impairment testing under Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill below. |
|
|
|
|
The Companys definite lived intangible assets are amortized over the estimated useful life of
the assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average |
|
|
|
amortization period |
|
Asset description |
|
(in months) |
|
Customer contracts |
|
|
100 |
|
Customer relationship |
|
|
90 |
|
Intellectual property rights |
|
|
36 |
|
Leasehold benefits |
|
|
48 |
|
Covenant not-to-compete |
|
|
48 |
|
|
vii. |
|
Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill |
|
|
|
|
Goodwill is not subject to amortization and tested annually for impairment and whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Intangible assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the assets carrying amount exceeds
its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an assets fair value less
costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped
at the cash generating unit level which is the lowest level for which there are separately
identifiable cash flows. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash generating units are
allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the cash
generating units (or group of cash generating units) and then, to reduce the carrying amount
of the other assets in the cash generating unit (or group of cash generating units) on a pro
rata basis. Intangible assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of
the impairment at each reporting date. |
Page 18
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
a) Defined contribution plans
US Savings Plan
Eligible employees of the Company in the United States participate in a savings plan (the
Plan) under Section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code (the Code). The Plan
allows for employees to defer a portion of their annual earnings on a pre-tax basis through
voluntary contributions to the Plan. The Plan provides that the Company can make optional
contributions up to the maximum allowable limit under the Code.
UK Pension Scheme
Eligible employees in the UK contribute to a defined contribution pension scheme operated in the
UK. The assets of the scheme are held separately in an independently administered fund. The
pension expense represents contributions payable to the fund maintained by the Company.
Provident Fund
Eligible employees of the Company in India, the Philippines, Sri Lanka and United Kingdom
participate in a defined contribution fund in accordance with the regulatory requirements in the
respective jurisdictions. Both the employee and the Company contribute an equal amount to the
fund which is equal to a specified percentage of the employees salary.
The Company has no further obligation under defined contribution plans beyond the contributions
made under these plans. Contributions are charged to income in the year in which they accrue and
are included in the consolidated statement of income.
b) Defined benefit plan
Employees in India, the Philippines and Sri Lanka are entitled to benefits a defined benefit
retirement plan covering eligible employees of the Company. The plan provides for a lump-sum
payment to eligible employees, at retirement, death, and incapacitation or on termination of
employment, of an amount based on the respective employees salary and tenure of employment
(subject to a maximum of approximately $22 per employee in India). In India contributions are
made to funds administered and managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India and AVIVA Life
Insurance Company Private Limited (together, the Fund Administrators) to fund the gratuity
liability of an Indian subsidiary. Under this scheme, the obligation to pay gratuity remains
with the Company, although the Fund Administrators administer the scheme. The Companys Sri
Lanka subsidiary, Philippines subsidiary and one Indian subsidiary have unfunded gratuity
obligations.
Gratuity liabilities are determined by actuarial valuation, performed by an independent actuary,
at each balance sheet date using the projected unit credit method. The Company recognizes the
net obligation of a defined benefit plan in its balance sheet as an asset or liability,
respectively, in accordance with IAS 19, Employee Benefits. The discount rate is based on the
Government securities yield. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and
changes in actuarial assumptions are recorded in other comprehensive income in the statement of
comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.
c) Compensated absence
The Companys liability for compensated absences is determined on an accrual basis for the
entire unused vacation balance standing to the credit of each employee as at year-end and were
charged to income in the year in which they accrue.
Page 19
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
ix. |
|
Share based payment |
|
|
|
|
The Company accounts for share based compensation expense relating to share-based payments
using a fair-value method in accordance with IFRS 2, Share-based Payments. Grants issued by
the Company vest in graded manner. Under the fair value method, the estimated fair value of
awards is charged to income over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting
period of the award, for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in
substance, multiple awards. The Company includes a forfeiture estimate in the amount of
compensation expense being recognized based on the Companys estimate of equity instruments
that will eventually vest. |
|
|
x. |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
A provision is recognized in the balance sheet when the Company has a present legal or
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material,
provisions are recognized at present value by discounting the expected future cash flows at a
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. |
|
|
|
|
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by
the Company from a contract are lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting the future
obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of
the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the
contract. Before a provision is established, the Company recognizes any impairment loss on the
assets associated with that contract. |
Page 20
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
xi. |
|
Revenue recognition |
|
|
|
|
The Company derives revenue from BPO services comprised of
back office administration, data management, contact center management and auto claims
handling services. |
|
|
|
|
Revenue is recognized to the extent it is probable that the economic benefit will flow to the
Company, the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, collection is probable, the cost
incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably. Revenue from rendering services is
recognized on an accrual basis when services are performed. |
|
|
|
|
Revenue earned by back office administration, data management and contact center management
services |
|
|
|
|
Depending on the terms of the arrangement, revenue from back office administration, data
management and contact center management is recognized based on three pricing models per
full-time-equivalent; per transaction; or cost-plus as follows: |
|
a) |
|
per full-time-equivalent arrangements typically involve billings based on the
number of full-time employees (or equivalent) deployed on the execution of the business
process outsourced; |
|
|
b) |
|
per transaction arrangements typically involve billings based on the number of
transactions processed (such as the number of e-mail responses, or airline coupons or
insurance claims processed); and |
|
|
c) |
|
cost-plus arrangements typically involve billing the contractually agreed direct
and indirect costs and a fee based on the number of employees deployed under the
arrangement. |
Amounts billed or payments received, where revenue recognition criteria have not been met, are
recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue when all the recognition criteria
have been met. However, the costs related to the performance of BPO services unrelated to
transition services (see discussion below) are recognized in the period in which the services
are rendered. An upfront payment received towards future services is recognized ratably over
the period when such services are provided.
Amounts billed or payments received, where revenue recognition criteria have not been met, are
recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue when all the recognition criteria
have been met. However, the costs related to the performance of BPO services unrelated to
transition services (see discussion below) are recognized in the period in which the services
are rendered. An upfront payment received towards future services is recognized ratably over
the period when such services are provided.
The Company has certain minimum commitment arrangements that provide for a minimum revenue
commitment on an annual basis or a cumulative basis over multiple years, stated in terms of
annual minimum amounts. Where a minimum commitment is specific to an annual period, any
revenue shortfall is invoiced and recognized at the end of this period. When the shortfall in
a particular year can be offset with revenue received in excess of minimum commitments in a
subsequent year, the Company recognizes deferred revenue for the shortfall which has been
invoiced and received. To the extent the Company has sufficient experience to conclude that
the shortfall will not be satisfied by excess revenue in a subsequent period, the deferred
revenue will be recorded as revenue in that period. In order to determine whether the Company
has sufficient experience, the Company considers several factors which include (i) the
historical volume of business done with a client as compared with initial projections of
volume as agreed to by the client and the Company, (ii) the length of time for which the
Company has such historical experience, (iii) future volume expected based on projections
received from the client, and (iv) the Companys internal expectations of ongoing volume with
the client. Otherwise, the deferred revenue will remain until such time when the Company can
conclude that it will not receive revenue in excess of the minimum commitment.
For certain BPO customers, the Company performs transition activities at the outset of
entering into a new contract. The Company has determined these transition activities do not
meet the criteria using the guidance in IAS 18 Revenue
(IAS 18), to be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting with stand-alone value separate
from the ongoing BPO contract. Accordingly, transition revenue and costs are subsequently
recognized ratably over the period in which the BPO services are performed. Further, the
deferral of costs is limited to the amount of the deferred revenue. Any costs in excess of the
deferred transition revenue are recognized in the period incurred.
Page 21
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Revenue earned by auto claims handling services
Auto claims handling services include claims handling and administration (Claims Handling),
car hire and arranging for repairs with repair centers across the United Kingdom and the
related payment processing for such repairs (Accident Management).With respect to Claims
Handling, the Company receives either a per-claim fee or a fixed fee. Revenue for per claim
fee is recognized over the estimated processing period of the claim, which currently ranges
from one to two months and revenue for fixed fee is recognized on a straight line basis over
the period of the contract. In certain cases, the fee is contingent upon the successful
recovery of a claim on behalf of the customer. In these circumstances, the revenue is
deferred until the contingency is resolved. Revenue in respect of car hire is recognized over
the car hire term.
In order to provide Accident Management services, the Company arranges for the repair through
a network of repair centers. The repair costs are invoiced to customers. In determining
whether the receipt from the customers related to payments to repair centers should be
recognized as revenue, the Company considers the criteria established by IAS 18, Illustrative
example (IE) 21 Determining whether an entity is acting as a principal or as an agent.
When the Company determines that it is the principal in providing Accident Management
services, amounts received from customers are recognized and presented as third party revenue
and the payments to repair centers are recognized as cost of revenue in the consolidated
statement of income. Factors considered in determining whether the Company is the principal
in the transaction include whether
|
a) |
|
the Company has the primary responsibility of providing the services, |
|
|
b) |
|
the Company negotiates labor rates with repair centers, |
|
|
c) |
|
the Company is responsible for timely and satisfactory completion of repairs,
and |
|
|
d) |
|
the Company bears the risk that the customer may not pay for the services
provided (credit risk). |
If there are circumstances where the above criteria are not met and therefore the Company is
not the principal in providing Accident Management services, amounts received from customers
are recognized and presented net of payments to repair centers in the consolidated statement
of income. Revenue from Accident Management services is recorded net of the repairer referral
fees passed on to customers.
|
xii. |
|
Leases |
|
|
|
|
The Company leases most of its delivery centers and office facilities under operating lease
agreements that are renewable on a periodic basis at the option of the lessor and the lessee.
The lease agreements contain rent free periods and rent escalation clauses. Rental expenses
for operating leases with step rents are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease
term. When a lease agreement undergoes a substantial modification of the existing terms, it
would be accounted as a new lease agreement with the resultant deferred rent liability
credited to the statement of income. |
|
|
|
|
Leases under which the Company assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership
are classified as finance leases. When acquired, such assets are capitalized at fair value or
present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease, whichever is lower. |
|
|
xiii. |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
|
|
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in statements
of income except to the extent it relates to items directly recognized in equity, in which
case it is recognized in equity. |
a) Current income tax
|
|
|
Current income tax for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the taxable profit for the period.
The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted
by the reporting date and applicable for the period. The Company offsets current tax assets
and current tax liabilities, where it has a legally enforceable right to set off the
recognized amounts and where it intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the
asset and liability simultaneously. |
Page 22
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
b) Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is recognized using the balance sheet approach. Deferred income tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for all deductible temporary differences arising between the
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount in financial statements, except
when the deferred income tax arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or
liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither accounting
nor taxable profits or loss at the time of transaction.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to
apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates
(and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
Deferred income tax asset in respect of carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax
losses are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available
against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax
credits and unused tax losses can be utilized.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be
available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.
|
xiv. |
|
Earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of ordinary shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by considering the
impact of the potential issuance of ordinary shares, using the treasury stock method, on the
weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, using the treasury share
method for options, except where the results would be anti-dilutive. |
|
|
h. |
|
Transition to IFRS |
|
|
The Companys consolidated financial statements for the year ending March 31, 2012 will be the
first annual consolidated financial statements prepared in compliance with IFRS. Accordingly all
interim financial statements during the year ending March 31, 2012 would be prepared in
accordance with principles of IFRS. |
|
|
|
The adoption of IFRS was carried out in accordance with IFRS 1, using April 1, 2010 as the
Transition Date. IFRS 1 requires that all IFRS standards and interpretations that are effective
for the first IFRS consolidated financial statements for the year ending March 31, 2012, be
applied consistently and retrospectively for all fiscal years presented. |
|
|
|
Until the adoption of IFRS, the financial statements included in the Companys annual reports on
Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K were prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). |
|
|
|
All applicable IFRS have been applied consistently and retrospectively wherever required. The
resulting difference between the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities in the
consolidated financial statements under both IFRS and Previous GAAP as of the Transition Date
are recognized directly in equity at the Transition Date. |
|
|
|
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has availed itself of certain
exemptions and complied with exceptions in accordance with IFRS 1 as explained below: |
Page 23
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
a) Exemptions from retrospective application
The following are the optional exemptions available and elected by the Company:
|
i. |
|
Business combinations exemption The Company has applied the exemption as
provided in IFRS 1 on non-application of IFRS 3, Business Combinations to business
combinations consummated prior to Transition Date, pursuant to which goodwill and other
assets acquired under business combinations prior to Transition Date have been stated at
the carrying amount as per Previous GAAP. |
|
|
ii. |
|
Fair value as deemed cost exemption The Company has applied the exemption as
provided in IFRS 1 and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective
basis within certain classes of assets, at its fair value at the date of transition. The
Company has chosen to fair value items of following category of assets namely, furniture
and fixtures, equipment and fittings, generators and leasehold improvements, as at the
Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of Transition Date is taken as
its deemed cost for all those classes of assets where the fair value was lower than the
carrying value. Such impact has been taken to retained earnings. For all other classes
of assets where the fair value was greater than the carrying value under this category,
those assets have not been restated and previous GAAP amount has been considered at
cost. All other asset category namely building, computers and software and vehicles
previous GAAP amount have been considered at cost. |
|
|
iii. |
|
Employee benefits exemption The Company has applied the exemption as provided
in IFRS 1 relating to application of the corridor approach and to recognize all
cumulative actuarial gains and losses up to the date of transition to retained earnings.
Any actuarial gains and losses after Transition Date would be recognized in other
comprehensive income. |
|
|
iv. |
|
Fair value measurement of financial assets or liabilities at initial recognition
The Company has not applied the amendment offered by the revision of IAS 39,
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, on the initial recognition of the
financial assets and financial liabilities that are not traded in an active market. |
b) Exceptions from full retrospective application
The following are the exceptions from full retrospective application:
|
i. |
|
De-recognition of financial assets and liabilities exception The Company has
chosen not to apply the IAS 39 de-recognition criteria to an earlier date. No
arrangements were identified that had to be assessed under this exception. |
|
|
ii. |
|
Hedge accounting exception The Company has followed hedge accounting under
Previous GAAP which is aligned to IFRS. Accordingly, this exception of not reflecting in
its opening IFRS statement of financial position a hedging relationship of a type that
does not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39, is not applicable to the Company. |
|
|
iii. |
|
Estimates exception Upon an assessment of the estimates made under Previous
GAAP, the Company has concluded that there was no necessity to revise such estimates
under IFRS, except where estimates were required by IFRS and not required by Previous
GAAP. |
|
|
iv. |
|
Noncontrolling Interest The Company does not have non-controlling interests
under IFRS. Hence this exception is not applicable to the Company. |
|
|
As required under IFRS 1, the Company has prepared the reconciliations of equity and profit
and loss account in accordance with IFRS 1 to provide a quantification of the effect of the
transition to IFRS from previous GAAP; |
|
|
|
equity as at April 1, 2010; |
|
|
|
|
equity as at June 30, 2010; |
|
|
|
|
equity as at March 31, 2011; |
|
|
|
|
profit and comprehensive income for the three months ended June 30, 2010; and |
|
|
|
|
profit and comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2011. |
There is no material changes in cash flows statements, accordingly the reconciliation is not
been presented.
Page 24
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Reconciliation of equity April 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
Effect of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per Previous |
|
|
transition to |
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
|
Notes |
|
GAAP |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
per IFRS |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
$ |
32,311 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
32,311 |
|
Bank deposits and marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
Trade receivables |
|
|
|
|
44,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,821 |
|
Unbilled revenue |
|
|
|
|
40,892 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,892 |
|
Funds held for clients |
|
|
|
|
11,372 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,372 |
|
Current tax assets |
|
|
|
|
5,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,602 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
22,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,808 |
|
Prepayments and other current assets |
|
1 |
|
|
17,127 |
|
|
|
(433 |
) |
|
|
16,694 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
174,978 |
|
|
|
(433 |
) |
|
|
174,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
90,662 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,662 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
188,079 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188,079 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
2 |
|
|
51,700 |
|
|
|
(3,153 |
) |
|
|
48,547 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
8,375 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,375 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
3 |
|
|
27,143 |
|
|
|
(1,943 |
) |
|
|
25,200 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
1 |
|
|
8,953 |
|
|
|
(342 |
) |
|
|
8,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
|
$ |
549,890 |
|
|
$ |
(5,871 |
) |
|
$ |
544,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade payables |
|
|
|
$ |
27,900 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
27,900 |
|
Provisions |
|
4 |
|
|
42,919 |
|
|
|
471 |
|
|
|
43,390 |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
17,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,597 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
5 |
|
|
30,977 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
31,023 |
|
Current portion of long term debt |
|
1 |
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
(433 |
) |
|
|
39,567 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
4,891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,891 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
|
|
2,550 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,550 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
6 |
|
|
7,069 |
|
|
|
1,676 |
|
|
|
8,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
173,903 |
|
|
|
1,760 |
|
|
|
175,663 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
7,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,600 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
5 |
|
|
3,921 |
|
|
|
365 |
|
|
|
4,286 |
|
Long term debt |
|
1 |
|
|
95,000 |
|
|
|
(342 |
) |
|
|
94,658 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
3,515 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,515 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
3,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,727 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
3 |
|
|
8,343 |
|
|
|
(117 |
) |
|
|
8,226 |
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interest |
|
6 |
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
296,287 |
|
|
|
1,388 |
|
|
|
297,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital |
|
|
|
|
6,848 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,848 |
|
Share premium |
|
7,8 |
|
|
203,531 |
|
|
|
3,437 |
|
|
|
206,968 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
2, 3, 4, 5, 6,7,8,9 |
|
|
50,797 |
|
|
|
(22,121 |
) |
|
|
28,676 |
|
Other components of equity |
|
3,5,6,9 |
|
|
(7,573 |
) |
|
|
11,425 |
|
|
|
3,852 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
253,603 |
|
|
|
(7,259 |
) |
|
|
246,344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
$ |
549,890 |
|
|
$ |
(5,871 |
) |
|
$ |
544,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 25
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Notes: |
|
1 |
|
Under IFRS, debt is a financial liability recognized initially at fair value adjusted for
transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability and
measured subsequently at amortized cost. Accordingly, debt issue costs have been netted off
against long term debt. Under Previous GAAP, such debt issue costs were recorded as deferred
charges. Due to the netting off of debt issue cost with the carrying amount of long term
debt, prepayment and other current assets and other non-current assets are lower by $433 and
$342 and current portion and non-current portion of the long term debt are lower by $433 and
$342, respectively. |
|
2 |
|
The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and
measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within certain
classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair
value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed cost for all those classes of
assets where the fair value is lower than the carrying value. For all other assets where the
fair value is greater than the carrying value, those assets have been carried at their
Previous GAAP amounts. As a result, property and equipment under IFRS is lower by $3,153,
with a corresponding impact to retained earnings. |
|
3 |
|
Certain deferred tax credits (net) amounting to $1,826 not recognized under Previous GAAP
are now recognized under IFRS due to a difference in accounting treatment on account of: |
a) accelerated amortization of stock compensation expense in the initial years following the
grant of share options amounting to a credit of $1,408;
b) time value of purchased options amounting to a credit of $720;
c) application of substantially enacted tax rates amounting to a credit of $203; and
d) deferred tax debit amounting to $505 on account of election of IFRS 1 exemption on the
Transition Date relating to selective measurement of items of property and equipment at
their fair value.
The above adjustments have an impact on retained earnings and other components of equity.
|
|
|
4 |
|
Under IFRS, any contingent consideration payable on the date of acquisition shall be
recognized at the fair value on the acquisition date and shall be recognized as a liability.
The transition guidance on IFRS 3 requires contingent consideration balances arising from
previous business combinations to be accounted as cost of acquisition and adjusted to
goodwill, which do not apply to a first time adopter of IFRS. However IFRS 1 states that
only intangible assets and its related deferred tax recognized under Previous GAAP that do
not meet the recognition criteria under IFRS be adjusted against goodwill. Under IFRS, the
Company has recognized $471 of contingent consideration as liability and the corresponding
impact to retained earnings. Under Previous GAAP, such earn out consideration was recorded
as an addition to goodwill. |
|
5 |
|
Under employee benefits in India, the defined benefit plan provides for a lump-sum payment
to eligible employees at retirement, death and incapacitation or on termination of
employment, of an amount based on the respective employees salary and tenure of employment,
subject to a maximum of approximately $8 per employee. In March 2010, the Indian Union
Cabinet gave its consent for enhancing the gratuity limit at the time of retirement from $8
to $22 per employee in India. The amendment was subsequently passed in the Parliament on May
2010. As a result of the law being substantially enacted on the Transition Date, the
carrying value of employee benefits increased by $255 with a corresponding impact to
retained earnings. The impact of the above change was accounted in the first quarter of
fiscal 2011 under Previous GAAP. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the Company uses the projected unit credit method to determine the present value
of defined benefit obligations using the market yields on Government bonds. Under Previous
GAAP, the Company used a discount rate that reflects Government bond yield plus a spread for
credit risk. As a result, the carrying value of employee benefits increased by $156 with a
corresponding impact to retained earnings. |
|
|
|
The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee
benefits and has elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses up to the
Transition Date. As a result, the Company has recognized $454 in retained earnings under
IFRS with a corresponding debit to other comprehensive income. |
Page 26
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
6 |
|
Under IFRS, the noncontrolling interest is derecognized, since the
Company believes that the risk and reward of ownership of the
noncontrolling interest, in substance, is transferred to the Company
when the put option is exercised. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the put option in the joint venture agreement has been
classified as a financial liability and valued based on the
probability of weighted assessment of possible outcome of the various
conditions for the put option. Further, the exercise of the put option
is not under the control of the Company. Accordingly, under IFRS, a
liability has been recorded based on the obligation existing as at the
Transition Date based on the present value of the put option amounting
to $1,676. |
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified
as temporary equity as the net settlement of the put option and call
option is not possible and hence was not classified as a derivative.
The Company recognized the changes in redemption value of the
redeemable noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting
period. |
|
|
|
As a result, under IFRS, the redemption value of redeemable
noncontrolling interest of $278 has been reclassed to other
liabilities. Further, this liability was increased by $1,398 to record
the existing obligation as at the Transition Date with a corresponding
debit to retained earnings of $1,354 and a debit of $44 to other
components of equity. |
|
7 |
|
The Company grants share options to its employees. These share options
vest in a graded manner over the vesting period. Under IFRS, each
tranche of vesting is treated as a separate award and the stock
compensation expense relating to that tranche is amortized over the
vesting period of the underlying tranche. This results in accelerated
amortization of stock compensation expense in the initial years
following the grant of share options. |
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, an entity was allowed to recognize the stock
compensation expense, relating to share options which vest in a graded
manner, on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period for
the entire award. However, the amount of compensation cost recognized
at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant-date value of
the award that is vested at that date. |
|
|
|
Accordingly, the stock compensation expense recognized under IFRS is
higher by $2,150 as at the Transition Date in respect of the unvested
awards. |
|
8 |
|
Under the Indian tax laws, Fringe Benefit Tax (FBT) was imposed on all
stock options exercised on or after April 1, 2007. Under this
legislation, on exercise of an option or Restricted Share Unit (RSUs),
employers were responsible for a tax equal to the intrinsic value at
its vesting date multiplied by the applicable tax rate. The FBT was
included as a component of the exercise price while computing the fair
value of the grant. In August 2009, the Indian tax laws withdrew the
levy of FBT with effect from April 1, 2009. Consequent to this change
in legislation, no FBT were recovered for options and RSUs issued to
Indian option holders, resulting in a reduction in the exercise price
of the options and RSUs. Under Previous GAAP, the charge in FBT was
treated as a modification. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the levy of FBT is accounted as reimbursement under IAS
37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. The
grant date fair values of options and RSUs computed under Previous
GAAP have been recomputed to remove the effect of FBT component
included in the exercise price. As a result of the change in
accounting treatment under IFRS, stock compensation expense is higher
by $1,287 as on the Transition Date. |
|
9 |
|
Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the
option value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period with
the resultant gains or losses reported in the statement of income.
Consequently under IFRS, the change in accounting treatment resulted
in an increase to other components of equity by $11,015 (net of tax)
and a corresponding debit to retained earnings. Under Previous GAAP,
for effective hedges the premium paid for purchased options were
recorded in other components of equity. |
Page 27
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Reconciliation of equity as at June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
Effect of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per Previous |
|
|
transition to |
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
|
Notes |
|
GAAP |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
per IFRS |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
$ |
38,830 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
38,830 |
|
Bank deposits and marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
Trade receivables |
|
|
|
|
59,167 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,167 |
|
Unbilled revenue |
|
|
|
|
32,352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,352 |
|
Funds held for clients |
|
|
|
|
10,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,067 |
|
Current tax assets |
|
|
|
|
5,387 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,387 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
16,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,228 |
|
Prepayments and other current assets |
|
1 |
|
|
17,229 |
|
|
|
(554 |
) |
|
|
16,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
179,310 |
|
|
|
(554 |
) |
|
|
178,756 |
|
Goodwill |
|
2 |
|
|
89,308 |
|
|
|
(471 |
) |
|
|
88,837 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
179,984 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179,984 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
3 |
|
|
47,232 |
|
|
|
(2,591 |
) |
|
|
44,641 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
5,531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,531 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
4 |
|
|
28,566 |
|
|
|
(2,251 |
) |
|
|
26,315 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
1 |
|
|
8,515 |
|
|
|
(341 |
) |
|
|
8,174 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
|
$ |
538,446 |
|
|
$ |
(6,208 |
) |
|
$ |
532,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade payables |
|
|
|
$ |
30,893 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
30,893 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
41,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,243 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
18,697 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,697 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
5 |
|
|
23,319 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
23,314 |
|
Short term line of credit |
|
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103 |
|
Current portion of long term debt |
|
1 |
|
|
46,000 |
|
|
|
(771 |
) |
|
|
45,229 |
|
Short term debt |
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
4,762 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,762 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
|
|
2,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,118 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
9 |
|
|
6,835 |
|
|
|
1,528 |
|
|
|
8,363 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
179,970 |
|
|
|
752 |
|
|
|
180,722 |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
4,550 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,550 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
5 |
|
|
4,334 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
4,385 |
|
Long term debt |
|
1 |
|
|
89,000 |
|
|
|
(457 |
) |
|
|
88,543 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
8,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,544 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
3,234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,234 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
4 |
|
|
8,422 |
|
|
|
(503 |
) |
|
|
7,919 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
298,054 |
|
|
|
(157 |
) |
|
|
297,897 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital |
|
|
|
|
6,904 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,904 |
|
Share premium |
|
6,7,10 |
|
|
204,604 |
|
|
|
3,545 |
|
|
|
208,149 |
|
|
|
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings |
|
6,7,8,9,10 |
|
|
44,688 |
|
|
|
(21,847 |
) |
|
|
22,841 |
|
Other components of equity |
|
4,5,8,9 |
|
|
(15,804 |
) |
|
|
12,251 |
|
|
|
(3,553 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
240,392 |
|
|
|
(6,051 |
) |
|
|
234,341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
$ |
538,446 |
|
|
$ |
(6,208 |
) |
|
$ |
532,238 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 28
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Notes: |
|
1 |
|
Under IFRS, debt is a financial liability recognized initially at fair value adjusted for
transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability
and measured subsequently at amortized cost. Accordingly, debt issue costs have been
netted off against long term debt. Under Previous GAAP, such debt issue costs were
recorded as deferred charges. Due to the netting off of debt issue cost with the carrying
amount of long term debt, prepayment and other current assets and other non-current
assets are lower by $554 and $341 and current portion and non-current portion of the long
term debt are lower by $554 and $341, respectively. |
|
|
|
Further, under Previous GAAP, in connection with the refinancing of the long term debt,
the debt issue cost for the new loan pertaining to existing lenders continuing as new
lenders were charged to the statement of income. Under IFRS, the same has been netted off
against the long term debt. As a result, under IFRS, the long term debt is lower by $333. |
|
2 |
|
Under IFRS, contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is recognized if it is
probable that such consideration would be paid and can be measured reliably. Under
Previous GAAP, contingent consideration is recognized after the contingency is resolved
and additional consideration becomes payable. As a result, under IFRS, the Company has
recognized contingent consideration as additional liability and charged to retained
earnings on the Transition Date. Consequently, goodwill under IFRS is lower by $471. |
|
3 |
|
The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost
and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within
certain classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to
this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed cost for all
those classes of assets where the fair value was lower than the carrying value. For all
other classes of assets where the fair value is greater than the carrying value, those
assets have been carried at their Previous GAAP amounts. As a result, under IFRS,
property and equipment is lower by $2,591, with a corresponding impact to retained
earnings. |
|
4 |
|
Certain deferred tax credits (net) amounting to $1,748 not recognized under Previous GAAP
are now recognized under IFRS due to difference in accounting treatment on account of: |
a) accelerated amortization of stock compensation expense amounting to a credit of $2,115;
b) time value of purchased options amounting to a credit of $104; and
c) deferred tax debit amounting to $471 on account of selective measurement of items of
property and equipment at their fair value.
The above adjustment has an impact on retained earnings and other components of equity.
|
|
|
5 |
|
The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee
benefits and has elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses up to the
Transition Date. As a result, under IFRS, the Company has recognized $454 into retained
earnings in its opening statement of financial position as of the Transition Date. The
net position as of June 30, 2010 is $433 after adjusting for the actuarial loss
recognized under Previous GAAP in the period ended. |
|
6 |
|
The Company grants share options to its employees. These share options vest in a graded
manner over the vesting period. Under IFRS, each tranche of vesting is treated as a
separate award and the stock compensation expense relating to that tranche is amortized
over the vesting period of the underlying tranche. This results in accelerated
amortization of stock compensation expense in the initial years following the grant of
share options. |
|
|
|
Previous GAAP permits an entity to recognize the stock compensation expense, relating to
share options which vest in a graded manner, on a straight-line basis over the requisite
vesting period for the entire award. However, the amount of compensation cost recognized
at any date must at least equal the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is
vested at that date. As a result of a change in accounting treatment under IFRS, share
premium is higher by $1,812 on account of higher stock compensation expense. |
Page 29
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
7 |
|
Under the Indian tax laws FBT was imposed on all stock options
exercised on or after April 1, 2007. Under this legislation, on
exercise of an option or RSUs, employers were responsible for a tax
equal to the intrinsic value at its vesting date multiplied by the
applicable tax rate. The FBT was included as a component of the
exercise price while computing the fair value of the grant. In August
2009, the Indian tax laws withdrew the levy of FBT with effect from
April 1, 2009. Consequent to this change in legislation, no FBT were
recovered for options and RSUs issued to Indian option holders,
resulting in a reduction in the exercise price of the options and
RSUs. Under Previous GAAP, the change in FBT was treated as a
modification. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the levy of FBT is accounted as reimbursement under IAS
37. The grant date fair values of options and RSUs computed under
Previous GAAP have been recomputed to remove the effect of FBT
component included in the exercise price. As a result of a change in
accounting treatment under IFRS, share premium is higher by $1,174 on
account of higher stock compensation expense. |
|
8 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges the premium paid for
purchased options were recorded in other components of equity. Under
IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option
value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the
resultant gains or losses reported in the statement of income.
Consequently under IFRS, the change in accounting treatment resulted
in an increase to other components of equity by $11,292 (net of tax). |
|
9 |
|
Under IFRS the redeemable noncontrolling interest is derecognized,
since the Company believes that the risk and reward of ownership of
the noncontrolling interest is, in substance, transferred to the
Company when the put option is exercised. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the put option in the joint venture agreement has been
classified as a financial liability and valued based on the
probability of weighted assessment of possible outcome of the various
conditions for the put option. Further, the exercise of the put option
is not under the control of the Company. Accordingly, under IFRS, a
liability has been recorded based on the obligation existing as at the
Transition Date based on the present value of the put option. |
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified
as temporary equity as the net settlement of the put option and call
option is not possible and hence was not classified as a derivative.
The Company recognized the changes in redemption value of the
redeemable noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting
period. As a result, under IFRS, the share of losses on redeemable
noncontrolling interest amounting to $111 recorded in other components
of equity has been transferred to retained earnings. |
|
10 |
|
Under IFRS, the deferred tax asset on share based compensation is
adjusted based on the prevailing share price at each reporting date.
Any fluctuation in share price will result in a change in deferred
tax. At the time of exercise of options, any excess deferred tax
created is recognized as a charge in the statement of income.
|
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, deferred tax asset on share based compensation is
calculated at the date of the grant of option. At the time of exercise
of option, the shortfall is recorded as a debit to equity to the
extent prior excess tax benefits exist. |
|
|
|
As a result of the change in accounting treatment under IFRS, the
Company has recognized $559 of tax deficiency in the statement of
income with a corresponding credit to share premium. |
Page 30
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Reconciliation of equity as at March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
Effect of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per Previous |
|
|
transition to |
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
|
Notes |
|
GAAP |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
per IFRS |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
$ |
27,090 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
27,090 |
|
Bank deposits and marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Trade receivables |
|
|
|
|
78,586 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,586 |
|
Unbilled revenue |
|
|
|
|
30,837 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,837 |
|
Funds held for clients |
|
|
|
|
8,799 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,799 |
|
Current tax assets |
|
|
|
|
8,502 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,502 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
11,182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,182 |
|
Prepayments and other current assets |
|
1 |
|
|
16,679 |
|
|
|
(232 |
) |
|
|
16,447 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
181,687 |
|
|
|
(232 |
) |
|
|
181,455 |
|
Investments |
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Goodwill |
|
2 |
|
|
94,036 |
|
|
|
(503 |
) |
|
|
93,533 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
156,587 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,587 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
3 |
|
|
48,592 |
|
|
|
(1,414 |
) |
|
|
47,178 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
2,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,282 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
4 |
|
|
36,820 |
|
|
|
(3,302 |
) |
|
|
33,518 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
1 |
|
|
8,413 |
|
|
|
(373 |
) |
|
|
8,040 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
|
|
$ |
528,419 |
|
|
$ |
(5,824 |
) |
|
$ |
522,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade payables |
|
|
|
$ |
43,748 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
43,748 |
|
Provisions |
|
|
|
|
32,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,933 |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,963 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
5 |
|
|
31,034 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
31,029 |
|
Short term line of credit |
|
|
|
|
14,593 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,593 |
|
Current portion of long term debt |
|
1 |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
(608 |
) |
|
|
49,392 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
6,962 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,962 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
|
|
3,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,088 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
9 |
|
|
2,359 |
|
|
|
1,767 |
|
|
|
4,126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
194,680 |
|
|
|
1,154 |
|
|
|
195,834 |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
5 |
|
|
4,087 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
4,485 |
|
Long term debt |
|
1 |
|
|
43,095 |
|
|
|
(206 |
) |
|
|
42,889 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
5,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,976 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
2,978 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,978 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
4 |
|
|
5,953 |
|
|
|
(807 |
) |
|
|
5,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
257,200 |
|
|
|
539 |
|
|
|
257,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital |
|
|
|
|
6,955 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,955 |
|
Share premium |
|
6,7,10 |
|
|
208,050 |
|
|
|
3,380 |
|
|
|
211,430 |
|
|
|
2, 3, 4, 5, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings |
|
6,7,8,9,10 |
|
|
60,259 |
|
|
|
(13,670 |
) |
|
|
46,589 |
|
Other components of equity |
|
4,5,8,9 |
|
|
(4,045 |
) |
|
|
3,927 |
|
|
|
(118 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
271,219 |
|
|
|
(6,363 |
) |
|
|
264,856 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
$ |
528,419 |
|
|
$ |
(5,824 |
) |
|
$ |
522,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 31
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Notes: |
|
1 |
|
Under IFRS, debt is a financial liability recognized initially at fair value adjusted for transaction costs that
are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability and measured subsequently at amortized cost.
Accordingly, debt issue costs have been netted off against long term debt. Under Previous GAAP, such debt issue
costs were recorded as deferred charges. Due to the netting off of debt issue cost with the carrying amount of
long term debt, prepayment and other current assets and other non-current assets are lower by $505 and $90 and
current portion and non-current portion of the long term debt are lower by $505 and $90, respectively. |
|
|
|
Further, under Previous GAAP, in connection with the refinancing of the long term debt, the debt issue cost for
the new loan pertaining to existing lenders continuing as new lenders were charged to the statement of income.
Under IFRS, the same has been netted off against the long term debt. As a result, under IFRS, the long term debt
is lower by $219. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, lease deposits have been recorded at fair value, and the resultant difference between the fair value
and carrying value is shown as prepaid rent. As a result, prepayment and other current assets have increased by
$273 and other non-current assets have reduced by $283. |
|
2 |
|
Under IFRS, contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is recognized if it is probable that such
consideration would be paid and can be measured reliably. Under Previous GAAP, contingent consideration is
recognized after the contingency is resolved and additional consideration becomes payable. As a result, under
IFRS, the Company has recognized contingent consideration as additional liability and retained earnings on the
Transition Date. Consequently, goodwill under IFRS is lower by $503. |
|
3 |
|
The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and measured specific
items of property and equipment, on a selective basis within certain classes of assets, at their fair values at
the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed cost
for all those classes of assets where the fair value was lower than the carrying value. For all other classes of
assets where the fair value is greater than the carrying value, those assets have been carried at their Previous
GAAP amounts. As a result, under IFRS, property and equipment is lower by $1,414, with a corresponding impact to
retained earnings. |
|
4 |
|
Certain deferred tax credits (net) amounting to $2,495 not recognized under Previous GAAP are now recognized
under IFRS due to a difference in accounting treatment on account of: |
a) accelerated amortization of stock compensation expense amounting to a credit of $1,119;
b) time value of purchased options amounting to a credit of $1,672;
c) application of substantially enacted tax rates amounting to $198; and
d) deferred tax debit amounting to $494 on account of the following:
i) $426 on account of selective measurement of items of property and equipment at its fair value; and
ii) deferred tax created on employee benefits plan in India of $68.
The above adjustment has an impact on retained earnings and other components of equity.
|
|
|
5 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company uses the projected unit credit method to determine the present value of defined benefit
obligations using the market yields on Government bonds. Under Previous GAAP, the Company used a discount rate
that reflects Government bond yield plus a spread for credit risk. As a result, the carrying value of employee
benefits increased by $393 with a corresponding impact to retained earnings. |
|
|
|
The Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee benefits and has elected to
recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses up to the Transition Date. As a result, under IFRS, the
Company has recognized $425 into retained earnings. |
Page 32
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
6 |
|
The Company grants share options to its employees. These share options
vest in a graded manner over the vesting period. Under IFRS, each
tranche of vesting is treated as a separate award and the stock
compensation expense relating to that tranche is amortized over the
vesting period of the underlying tranche. This results in accelerated
amortization of stock compensation expense in the initial years
following the grant of share options. |
|
|
|
Previous GAAP permits an entity to recognize the stock compensation
expense, relating to share options which vest in a graded manner on a
straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period for the entire
award. However, the amount of compensation cost recognized at any date
must at least equal the portion of the grant-date value of the award
that is vested at that date. As a result of the change in accounting
treatment under IFRS, share premium is higher by $1,858 on account of
higher stock compensation expense. |
|
7 |
|
Under the Indian tax laws, FBT was imposed on all stock options
exercised on or after April 1, 2007. Under this legislation, on
exercise of an option or RSUs, employers were responsible for a tax
equal to the intrinsic value at its vesting date multiplied by the
applicable tax rate. The FBT was included as a component of the
exercise price while computing the fair value of the grant. In August
2009, Indian tax laws withdrew the levy of FBT with effect from April
1, 2009. Consequent to this change in legislation, no FBT were
recovered for options and RSUs issued to Indian optionees, resulting
in a reduction in the exercise price of the options and RSUs. Under
Previous GAAP, FBT charge was treated as a modification. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the levy of FBT is accounted as reimbursement under IAS
37. The grant date fair values of options and RSUs computed under the
Previous GAAP have been recomputed to remove the effect of FBT
component included in the exercise price. As a result of the change in
accounting treatment under IFRS, share premium is higher by $782 on
account of higher stock compensation expense. |
|
8 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges the premium paid for
purchased options were recorded in other components of equity. Under
IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option
value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the
resultant gains or losses reported in the statement of income.
Consequently under IFRS, the change in accounting treatment resulted
in an increase to other components of equity by $3,613 (net of tax). |
|
9 |
|
Under IFRS the redeemable noncontrolling interest is derecognised,
since the Company believes that the risk and reward of the ownership
of the noncontrolling interest, is in substance, transferred to the
Company when the put option is exercised. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the put option in the joint venture agreement has been
classified as a financial liability and valued based on the
probability of weighted assessment of possible outcome of the various
conditions for the put option. Further, the exercise of the put option
is not under the control of the Company. Accordingly, under IFRS, a
liability has been recorded based on the obligation existing as at the
Transition Date based on the present value of the put option. |
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified
as temporary equity as the net settlement of the put option and call
option is not possible and hence was not classified as a derivative.
The Company recognized the changes in redemption value of the
redeemable noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting
period. As a result, under IFRS, the share of losses on redeemable
noncontrolling interest amounting to $53 recorded in other components
of equity has been transferred to retained earnings. |
|
10 |
|
Under IFRS, the deferred tax asset on share based compensation is
adjusted based on the prevailing share price at each reporting date.
Any fluctuation in share price will result in a change in deferred
tax. At the time of exercise of options, any excess deferred tax
created is recognized as a charge in the statement of income.
|
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, deferred tax asset on share based compensation is
calculated at the date of the grant of option. At the time of exercise
of option, the shortfall is recorded as a debit to equity to the
extent prior excess tax benefits exist. |
|
|
|
As a result of the change in accounting treatment under IFRS, the
Company has recognized $740 of tax deficiency in the statement of
income with a corresponding credit to share premium. |
Page 33
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Reconciliation of profit (loss) for the three months ended June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
Effect of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Relevant notes |
|
per Previous |
|
|
transition to |
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
Reclassific- |
|
|
Amount as per |
|
|
|
for adjustments |
|
GAAP |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
per IFRS |
|
|
ation |
|
|
IFRS |
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
$ |
149,964 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
149,964 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
149,964 |
|
Cost of revenue |
|
1,2,3 |
|
|
123,227 |
|
|
|
(487 |
) |
|
|
122,740 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,740 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
26,737 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
|
27,224 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,224 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing expenses |
|
1,3 |
|
|
5,164 |
|
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
5,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,3 |
|
|
14,416 |
|
|
|
(309 |
) |
|
|
14,107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,107 |
|
Foreign exchange gains |
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,034 |
) |
|
|
(3,034 |
) |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
7,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,980 |
|
Operating profits (loss) |
|
|
|
|
(823 |
) |
|
|
905 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
3,034 |
|
|
|
3,116 |
|
Other expense (income), net |
|
4,7 |
|
|
2,306 |
|
|
|
(664 |
) |
|
|
1,642 |
|
|
|
(1,817 |
) |
|
|
(175 |
) |
Finance expense |
|
7 |
|
|
2,693 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,693 |
|
|
|
4,851 |
|
|
|
7,544 |
|
Profit (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
|
|
(5,822 |
) |
|
|
1,569 |
|
|
|
(4,253 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,253 |
) |
Provision for income taxes |
|
5 |
|
|
497 |
|
|
|
1,085 |
|
|
|
1,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,582 |
|
Profit (loss) after tax |
|
|
|
|
(6,319 |
) |
|
|
484 |
|
|
|
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,835 |
) |
Redeemable noncontrolling interest |
|
6 |
|
|
(274 |
) |
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) |
|
|
|
$ |
(6,045 |
) |
|
$ |
210 |
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of comprehensive income for the three months ended June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
Effect of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Relevant notes |
|
per Previous |
|
|
transition to |
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
Reclassific- |
|
|
Amount as per |
|
|
|
for adjustments |
|
GAAP |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
per IFRS |
|
|
ation |
|
|
IFRS |
|
Profit (loss) |
|
|
|
$ |
(6,319 |
) |
|
$ |
484 |
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income for the period, net
of taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension adjustment |
|
8 |
|
|
(189 |
) |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges |
|
9 |
|
|
(2,707 |
) |
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
(2,506 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,506 |
) |
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
(5,403 |
) |
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
(4,913 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,913 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive (loss) income,
net of taxes |
|
|
|
|
(8,299 |
) |
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
(7,406 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,406 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to
redeemable noncontrolling interest |
|
10 |
|
|
(342 |
) |
|
|
342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
|
$ |
(14,276 |
) |
|
$ |
1,035 |
|
|
$ |
(13,241 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(13,241 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes: |
|
1 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a selective
basis within certain classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is taken as their deemed
cost for all those classes of assets where the fair value is lower than the carrying value. The resultant impact was taken to retained earnings as on the Transition Date.
As a result, under IFRS, the depreciation charge is lower by $405 in cost of revenue, $58 in selling and marketing expenses and $4 in general and administrative expenses. |
|
2 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company uses the projected unit credit method to determine the present value of defined benefit obligations using the market yields on Government bonds.
Under Previous GAAP, the Company used a discount rate that reflects Government bond yield plus a spread for credit risk. As a result of the change in discount rates, under
IFRS, the Company has recognized additional employee benefit expenses of $12 in cost of revenue. |
Page 34
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
3 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company amortizes stock compensation expense, relating to share options, which vests in a
graded manner on an accelerated basis. Under Previous GAAP, stock compensation expense is recorded on a
straight-line basis. Accordingly, due to a change in expense recognition method under IFRS, the Company has
recognized lower stock compensation expense of $94 in cost of revenue, $51 in selling and marketing expenses
and $305 in general and administrative expenses. |
|
4 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges, the premium paid for purchased options is recorded in other
comprehensive income. Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option value and
recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the resultant gains or losses are reported under the
statement of income. As a result, under IFRS, the Company has recognized foreign exchange gains of $331.
|
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, in connection with the refinancing of the long term debt, the debt issue cost for the
new loan pertaining to existing lenders continuing as new lenders were charged to the statement of income.
Under IFRS, the debt issue costs have been netted off against the long term debt and amortized to the
statement of income over the period of the loan. As a result, under IFRS, the Other (income) expenses, net
are lower by $333. |
|
5 |
|
Certain deferred tax debits (net) amounting to $1,085 not recognized under Previous GAAP are now recognized
under IFRS due to a difference in accounting treatment on account of: |
a) accelerated amortization of stock compensation expense amounting to debit of $707;
b) tax deficiencies on exercise of options recognised in the statement of income amounting of a debit of $559;
c) selective measurement of items of property and equipment at its fair value amounting to a debit of $21; and
d) deferred tax credit amounting to $202 due to a difference in accounting treatment on account of:
i) application of substantially enacted rate amounting to $196; and
ii) time value of purchased option amounting to $6.
|
|
|
6 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified as temporary equity as certain
conditions of the put option and call option are not within the control of the Company. Under IFRS, the
shares held by redeemable noncontrolling interest do not meet the conditions for being classified as equity
since the Company has a contractual obligation to deliver cash and hence they have been classified as
financial liability. As a result, under IFRS, the Company bears all the losses attributable to noncontrolling
interest amounting to $274. |
|
7 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company has reclassified and presented foreign exchange gain as a separate line item under
operating profits. Under Previous GAAP, these transactions were presented under other (income) expenses, net.
Similarly, under IFRS, the mark to market loss of $4,851 on interest rate swap has been reclassified into
finance expense from other (income) expense. |
|
8 |
|
Under Previous GAAP the Company recognizes actuarial gains and losses in other comprehensive income and
subsequently, accumulated gains and losses over and above the 10% corridor are recognized, systematically
over the expected working lives of the employees, as an expense component of net periodic benefit cost. Under
IFRS, the Company has applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee benefits and has
elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses in other comprehensive income and subsequently
not to recognize the same in the statement of income. As a result, under IFRS, the other comprehensive income
with respect to pension adjustment is higher by $202. |
|
9 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges the premium paid for purchased options were recorded in other
components of equity. Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option value and
recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the resultant gains or losses reported in the statement
of income. As a result, under IFRS, the other comprehensive income with respect to cash flow hedges (net of
tax) is higher by $201. |
Page 35
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
10 |
|
Under IFRS, the shares held by redeemable noncontrolling interest do
not meet the conditions for being classified as equity since the
Company has a contractual obligation to deliver cash and hence they
have been classified as financial liability. |
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified
as temporary equity as certain conditions of the put option and call
option are not within the control of the Company. The Company
recognized the changes in redemption value of the redeemable
noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting period. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the Company bears all the changes attributable to
redeemable noncontrolling interest. Consequently, the other
comprehensive income with respect to noncontrolling interest is higher
by $342. |
Page 36
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Reconciliation of profits for the year ended March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Relevant |
|
per |
|
|
Effect of |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
notes for |
|
Previous |
|
|
transition to |
|
|
as per |
|
|
Reclassific- |
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
|
adjustment |
|
GAAP |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
ation |
|
|
per IFRS |
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
$ |
616,251 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
616,251 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
616,251 |
|
Cost of revenue |
|
1,2,3,4 |
|
|
491,847 |
|
|
|
(1,826 |
) |
|
|
490,021 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490,021 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
124,404 |
|
|
|
1,826 |
|
|
|
126,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,230 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing expenses |
|
1,3 |
|
|
23,787 |
|
|
|
(333 |
) |
|
|
23,454 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,454 |
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,3 |
|
|
88,566 |
|
|
|
(393 |
) |
|
|
88,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,173 |
|
Foreign exchange gain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,123 |
) |
|
|
(15,123 |
) |
Operating profits |
|
|
|
|
12,051 |
|
|
|
2,552 |
|
|
|
14,603 |
|
|
|
15,123 |
|
|
|
29,726 |
|
Other (income) expense, net |
|
4,6,9 |
|
|
(6,106 |
) |
|
|
(6,914 |
) |
|
|
(13,020 |
) |
|
|
11,895 |
|
|
|
(1,125 |
) |
Finance expense |
|
5 |
|
|
8,018 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
8,218 |
|
|
|
3,228 |
|
|
|
11,446 |
|
Profit before income taxes |
|
|
|
|
10,139 |
|
|
|
9,266 |
|
|
|
19,405 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,405 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
7 |
|
|
1,052 |
|
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
1,492 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,492 |
|
Profit after tax |
|
|
|
|
9,087 |
|
|
|
8,826 |
|
|
|
17,913 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,913 |
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interest |
|
|
|
|
(730 |
) |
|
|
730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit |
|
8 |
|
$ |
9,817 |
|
|
$ |
8,096 |
|
|
$ |
17,913 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
17,913 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Relevant |
|
Amount as |
|
|
Effect of |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
notes for |
|
per Previous |
|
|
transition to |
|
|
as per |
|
|
Reclassific- |
|
|
Amount as |
|
|
|
adjustments |
|
GAAP |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
IFRS |
|
|
ation |
|
|
per IFRS |
|
Profit |
|
|
|
$ |
9,087 |
|
|
$ |
8,826 |
|
|
$ |
17,913 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,913 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income for the period, net
of taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension adjustment |
|
10 |
|
|
788 |
|
|
|
(91 |
) |
|
|
697 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
697 |
|
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges |
|
11 |
|
|
(4,707 |
) |
|
|
(7,265 |
) |
|
|
(11,972 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,972 |
) |
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
|
(239 |
) |
|
|
7,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive income (loss),
net of taxes |
|
|
|
|
3,625 |
|
|
|
(7,595 |
) |
|
|
(3,970 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,970 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to
redeemable noncontrolling interest |
|
12 |
|
|
(633 |
) |
|
|
633 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
$ |
13,345 |
|
|
$ |
598 |
|
|
$ |
13,943 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
13,943 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes: |
|
1 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company has applied the exemption as provided
in IFRS 1 with respect to deemed cost and measured specific items of property and equipment, on a
selective basis within certain classes of assets, at their fair values at the Transition Date. Consequent to this, the fair value as of the Transition Date is
taken as their deemed cost for all those classes of assets where the fair value is lower than the carrying value. As a result, under IFRS, the depreciation charge
is lower by $1,524 in cost of revenue, $205 in selling and marketing expenses and $12 in general and administrative expenses. |
|
2 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company uses the projected unit credit method to determine the present value of defined benefit obligations using the market yields on Government
bonds. Under Previous GAAP, the Company used a discount rate that reflects Government bond yield plus a spread for credit risk. As a result of the change in
discount rates, under IFRS, the employee benefit expense has reduced by $49 in cost of revenue. |
Page 37
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
3 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company amortizes stock compensation expense, relating to share options which vest in a graded manner
on an accelerated basis. Under Previous GAAP, stock compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis.
Accordingly, due to the change in expense recognition method under IFRS, the Company has recognized lower stock
compensation expense of $286 in cost of revenue, $128 in selling and marketing expenses and $381 in general and
administrative expenses. |
|
4 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company has recorded at fair value lease deposits and the resultant difference between the amount paid
and fair value is recognized as prepaid rent difference. As a result of the fair valuation, under IFRS, the cost of
revenue has increased by $34 on account of the amortization of deferred rent cost on a straight line basis and recorded
interest income $25 based on the effective interest rate method. |
|
5 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, in connection with the refinancing of the long term debt, the debt issue cost for the new loan
pertaining to existing lenders continuing as new lenders were charged to the statement of income. Under IFRS, the debt
issue costs have been netted off against the long term debt and amortized to the statement of income over the period of
the loan. As a result, under IFRS, the expenses are higher on account of debt issue cost amortization by $200. |
|
6 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges, the premium paid for purchased options is recorded in other comprehensive
income. Under IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option value and recorded at fair value at
each reporting period and the resultant gains or losses are reported under the statement of income. As a result, under
IFRS, the Company has recognized foreign exchange gains of $6,496. |
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, in connection with the refinancing of the long term debt, the debt issuance cost for the new loan
pertaining to existing lenders continuing as new lenders were charged to the statement of income. Under IFRS, the debt
issue cost has been netted off against the long term debt. As a result, under IFRS, the other (income) expenses is
lower by $419. |
|
|
|
The Company recorded revaluation loss on account of payout made in respect of contingent consideration amounting to $23. |
|
7 |
|
Certain deferred tax debit (net) amounting to $440 not recognized under Previous GAAP are now recognized under IFRS due
to a difference in accounting treatment on account of: |
a) tax deficiencies on exercise of options recognized in the statement of income amounting to a debit of $739;
b) selective measurement of items of property and equipment at their fair value amounting to a debit of $84;
c) time value of purchased option amounting to a debit of $44;
d) accelerated amortization of stock compensation expense amounting to a credit of $325;
e) deferred tax asset created on employee benefits in India amounting to a credit of $100; and
f) application of substantially enacted rate amounting to a credit of $2.
|
|
|
8 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified as temporary equity as certain conditions of the
put option and call option are not within the control of the Company. Under IFRS, the shares held by redeemable
noncontrolling interest do not meet the conditions for being classified as equity since the Company has a contractual
obligation to deliver cash and hence they have been classified as financial liability. As a result, under IFRS, the
Company bears all the losses attributable to noncontrolling interest amounting to $730. |
|
9 |
|
Under IFRS, the Company has reclassified and presented foreign exchange (gain)/losses as a separate line item under
Operating Profits. Under Previous GAAP, these transactions were presented under Other (Income) Expenses, net.
Similarly, under IFRS, the mark to market loss of $3,228 on interest rate swap has been reclassified into finance
expense from Other (income) expense. |
Page 38
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
10 |
|
Under Previous GAAP the Company recognizes actuarial gains and losses
in other comprehensive income and subsequently, accumulated gains and
losses over and above the 10% corridor are recognized, systematically
over the expected working lives of the employees, as an expense
component of net periodic benefit cost. Under IFRS, the Company has
applied the exemption as provided in IFRS 1 with respect to employee
benefits and has elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains
and losses in other comprehensive income and subsequently not to
recognize the same in the statement of income. As a result, under
IFRS, the other comprehensive income with respect to pension
adjustment is lower by $91. |
|
11 |
|
Under Previous GAAP, for effective hedges the premium paid for
purchased options were recorded in other components of equity. Under
IFRS, the time value of the options are separated from the option
value and recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the
resultant gains or losses reported in the statement of income. As a
result, under IFRS, the other comprehensive income with respect to
cash flow hedges (net of tax) is lower by $7,265. |
|
12 |
|
Under IFRS, the shares held by redeemable noncontrolling interest do
not meet the conditions for being classified as equity since the
Company has a contractual obligation to deliver cash and hence they
have been classified as financial liability. |
|
|
|
Under Previous GAAP, redeemable noncontrolling interest was classified
as temporary equity as certain conditions of the put option and call
option are not within the control of the Company. The Company
recognized the changes in redemption value of the redeemable
noncontrolling interest at the end of each reporting period. |
|
|
|
Under IFRS, the Company bears all the changes attributable to
redeemable noncontrolling interest. Consequently, the other
comprehensive income with respect to noncontrolling interest is higher
by $633. |
Page 39
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
3. New accounting pronouncements not yet adopted by the Company
Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published
that are mandatory for the Companys accounting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2011 or
later periods. Those which are considered to be relevant to the Companys operations are set out
below.
|
i. |
|
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued an amendment in IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosure (IFRS
7) that requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures relating to
transfers of financial assets effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1,
2011 with earlier application permitted, where: |
|
|
|
financial assets are derecognized in their entirety, but where the entity
has a continuing involvement in them (e.g., options or guarantees on the
transferred assets); and |
|
|
|
financial assets are not derecognized in their entirety. |
The Company is evaluating the impact of additional disclosure requirement.
|
ii. |
|
In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification
and Measurement (IFRS 9). This standard introduces certain new requirements for
classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities and divides all financial
assets that are currently in the scope of IAS 39 into two classifications, viz. those
measured at amortized cost and those measured at fair value. The standard has
subsequently proposed expansion of IFRS 9 for classifying and measuring financial
liabilities, de-recognition of financial instruments, impairment, and hedge accounting. |
|
|
|
IFRS 9 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier
application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that will have
on its consolidated financial statements. |
|
iii. |
|
In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13 Fair value Measurements (IFRS 13). IFRS
13 defines fair value, provides single IFRS framework for measuring fair value; and
requires disclosure about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 is effective for annual
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with earlier application permitted. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact that this new standard will have on its
consolidated financial statements. |
|
iv. |
|
In June 2011, the IASB published amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial
Statements (IAS 1). The amendments to IAS 1 require companies preparing financial
statements in accordance with IFRS to group items within other comprehensive income
that may be reclassified to the profit or loss separately from those items which would
not be recyclable in the profit or loss section of the statement of income. It also
requires the tax associated with items presented before tax to be shown separately for
each of the two groups of other comprehensive income items (without changing the option
to present items of other comprehensive income either before tax or net of tax). |
|
|
|
The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in other comprehensive
income and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two
consecutive statements. This amendment is applicable to annual periods beginning on or
after 1 July 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company is required to adopt IAS
1 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. The Company has evaluated the
requirements of IAS 1 (Amended) and the Company does not believe that the impacts of
adoption of IAS 1 (Amended) will have a material effect on its consolidated financial
statements. |
|
v. |
|
In June 2011, the IASB issued an amended IAS 19 Employee Benefits. This
amendment is applicable on a modified retrospective basis to annual periods beginning on
or after January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted, Apart from certain miscellaneous
changes, key changes are: |
|
a. |
|
recognition of changes in the net defined liability(assets); |
|
b. |
|
introduced enhanced disclosures about defined benefit plans; and |
|
c. |
|
modified accounting for termination benefits. |
The Company is currently evaluating the impact that will have on its consolidated
financial statements.
Page 40
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
4. Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of up to three months
to be cash equivalents. The components of cash and cash equivalents are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
April 1, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Cash and bank balance |
|
$ |
19,689 |
|
|
$ |
21,631 |
|
|
$ |
25,320 |
|
Short term deposits with bank |
|
|
601 |
|
|
|
5,459 |
|
|
|
6,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
20,290 |
|
|
$ |
27,090 |
|
|
$ |
32,311 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short term deposits can be withdrawn by the Company at any time without prior notice and without
any penalty on the principal.
5. Trade receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
April 1, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Trade receivables |
|
$ |
74,748 |
|
|
$ |
82,427 |
|
|
$ |
47,234 |
|
Trade receivables from related parties |
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
|
739 |
|
Allowances for doubt full account receivables |
|
|
(4,542 |
) |
|
|
(4,397 |
) |
|
|
(3,152 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
70,494 |
|
|
$ |
78,586 |
|
|
$ |
44,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The activity in the allowances for doubtful accounts receivables is given below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
April 1, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Balance at the beginning of the period |
|
$ |
4,397 |
|
|
$ |
3,152 |
|
|
$ |
1,935 |
|
Charged to operations |
|
|
238 |
|
|
|
1,794 |
|
|
|
1,666 |
|
Write-off, net of collections |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
(20 |
) |
Reversal |
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
(510 |
) |
|
|
(428 |
) |
Translation adjustment |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the period |
|
$ |
4,542 |
|
|
$ |
4,397 |
|
|
$ |
3,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Prepayment and other assets
Prepayment and other assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
April 1, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAT receivables |
|
$ |
12,481 |
|
|
$ |
10,103 |
|
|
$ |
8,644 |
|
Deferred cost |
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
1,153 |
|
|
|
907 |
|
Employee receivables |
|
|
2,069 |
|
|
|
1,232 |
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
Advances |
|
|
961 |
|
|
|
1,006 |
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
4,097 |
|
|
|
2,581 |
|
|
|
2,101 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
2,481 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
20,795 |
|
|
$ |
16,447 |
|
|
$ |
16,694 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred cost |
|
$ |
613 |
|
|
$ |
734 |
|
|
$ |
1,224 |
|
Transition premium |
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
Deposits |
|
|
7,067 |
|
|
|
7,060 |
|
|
|
7,086 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
7,912 |
|
|
$ |
8,040 |
|
|
$ |
8,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 41
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
7. Goodwill
Goodwill as of June 30, 2011 and March 31, 2011 has been allocated to the Cash Generating Units
(CGU), identified to be operating segments, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WNS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
WNS |
|
|
Auto |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global BPO |
|
|
Claims |
|
|
Total |
|
Balance as at April 1, 2010 |
|
$ |
59,515 |
|
|
$ |
31,147 |
|
|
$ |
90,662 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
774 |
|
|
|
2,097 |
|
|
|
2,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
60,289 |
|
|
$ |
33,244 |
|
|
$ |
93,533 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at June 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
60,222 |
|
|
$ |
33,280 |
|
|
$ |
93,502 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 42
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
8. Intangibles
The following are the changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible for the year
ended March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covenant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer |
|
|
Customer |
|
|
Intellectual |
|
|
Leasehold |
|
|
not- |
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying value |
|
contracts |
|
|
relationship |
|
|
property rights |
|
|
benefits |
|
|
to-compete |
|
|
Total |
|
Balance at April 1, 2010 |
|
$ |
189,961 |
|
|
$ |
64,891 |
|
|
$ |
4,660 |
|
|
$ |
1,835 |
|
|
$ |
337 |
|
|
$ |
261,684 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
617 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
1,196 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
190,210 |
|
|
$ |
65,508 |
|
|
$ |
4,974 |
|
|
$ |
1,835 |
|
|
$ |
353 |
|
|
$ |
262,880 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization and impairment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 1, 2010 |
|
$ |
49,301 |
|
|
$ |
19,962 |
|
|
$ |
3,344 |
|
|
$ |
789 |
|
|
$ |
209 |
|
|
$ |
73,605 |
|
Amortization |
|
|
21,270 |
|
|
|
8,822 |
|
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
459 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
31,810 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
351 |
|
|
|
270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
878 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
70,819 |
|
|
$ |
29,135 |
|
|
$ |
4,812 |
|
|
$ |
1,248 |
|
|
$ |
279 |
|
|
$ |
106,293 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying value as at March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
119,391 |
|
|
$ |
36,373 |
|
|
$ |
162 |
|
|
$ |
587 |
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
$ |
156,587 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following are the changes in the carrying value of acquired intangible for the three months
ended June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covenant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer |
|
|
Customer |
|
|
Intellectual |
|
|
Leasehold |
|
|
not- |
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying value |
|
contracts |
|
|
relationship |
|
|
property rights |
|
|
benefits |
|
|
to-compete |
|
|
Total |
|
Balance at April 1, 2011 |
|
$ |
190,210 |
|
|
$ |
65,508 |
|
|
$ |
4,974 |
|
|
$ |
1,835 |
|
|
$ |
353 |
|
|
$ |
262,880 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
(139 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(136 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
190,071 |
|
|
$ |
65,506 |
|
|
$ |
4,979 |
|
|
$ |
1,835 |
|
|
$ |
353 |
|
|
$ |
262,744 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization and impairment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 1, 2011 |
|
$ |
70,819 |
|
|
$ |
29,135 |
|
|
$ |
4,812 |
|
|
$ |
1,248 |
|
|
$ |
279 |
|
|
$ |
106,293 |
|
Amortization |
|
|
5,312 |
|
|
|
2,233 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
7,840 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
76,132 |
|
|
$ |
31,360 |
|
|
$ |
4,979 |
|
|
$ |
1,363 |
|
|
$ |
295 |
|
|
$ |
114,129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying value as at June 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
113,939 |
|
|
$ |
34,146 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
472 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
|
$ |
148,615 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 43
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
9. Property and equipment, net
The following are the changes in the carrying value of property and equipment for
the year ended March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computers |
|
|
fixtures and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
|
office |
|
|
|
|
|
|
improve- |
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying value |
|
Buildings |
|
|
software |
|
|
equipment |
|
|
Vehicles |
|
|
ments |
|
|
Total |
|
Balance at April 1, 2010 |
|
$ |
12,424 |
|
|
$ |
59,828 |
|
|
$ |
51,269 |
|
|
$ |
2,299 |
|
|
$ |
40,193 |
|
|
$ |
166,013 |
|
Additions |
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
5,375 |
|
|
|
5,184 |
|
|
|
1,180 |
|
|
|
4,326 |
|
|
|
16,235 |
|
Disposal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
1,174 |
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
|
2,480 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
1,573 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
514 |
|
|
|
2,874 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
12,673 |
|
|
$ |
66,482 |
|
|
$ |
56,717 |
|
|
$ |
2,327 |
|
|
$ |
44,443 |
|
|
$ |
182,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and impairment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 1, 2010 |
|
$ |
846 |
|
|
$ |
51,293 |
|
|
$ |
41,128 |
|
|
$ |
1,807 |
|
|
$ |
27,885 |
|
|
$ |
122,959 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
674 |
|
|
|
5,792 |
|
|
|
5,175 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
5,571 |
|
|
|
17,620 |
|
Disposal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
|
605 |
|
|
|
1,860 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
1,334 |
|
|
|
566 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
2,337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
1,539 |
|
|
$ |
58,163 |
|
|
$ |
46,417 |
|
|
$ |
1,683 |
|
|
$ |
33,254 |
|
|
$ |
141,056 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital work-in-progress |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,592 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying value as at March 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following are the changes in the carrying value of property and equipment for
the three months ended June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computers |
|
|
fixtures and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
|
office |
|
|
|
|
|
|
improve- |
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying value |
|
Buildings |
|
|
software |
|
|
equipment |
|
|
Vehicles |
|
|
ments |
|
|
Total |
|
Balance at April 1, 2011 |
|
$ |
12,673 |
|
|
$ |
66,482 |
|
|
$ |
56,717 |
|
|
$ |
2,327 |
|
|
$ |
44,443 |
|
|
$ |
182,642 |
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,087 |
|
|
|
2,602 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
3,708 |
|
|
|
8,485 |
|
Disposal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
353 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(147 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
12,665 |
|
|
$ |
68,473 |
|
|
$ |
59,194 |
|
|
$ |
2,195 |
|
|
$ |
48,100 |
|
|
$ |
190,627 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and impairment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at April 1, 2011 |
|
$ |
1,539 |
|
|
$ |
58,163 |
|
|
$ |
46,417 |
|
|
$ |
1,683 |
|
|
$ |
33,254 |
|
|
$ |
141,056 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
171 |
|
|
|
1,684 |
|
|
|
1,005 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
4,067 |
|
Disposal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
272 |
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
(125 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
1,709 |
|
|
$ |
59,756 |
|
|
$ |
47,341 |
|
|
$ |
1,575 |
|
|
$ |
34,345 |
|
|
$ |
144,726 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital work-in-progress |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,450 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying value as at June 30, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
49,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 44
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
10. Financial instruments
Financial instruments by category
The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories as of June 30, 2011
were as follows:
Financial Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
designated as |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial |
|
|
as cash flow |
|
|
Available |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Loans and |
|
|
assets at |
|
|
hedges (carried |
|
|
for |
|
|
carrying |
|
|
|
receivables |
|
|
FVTPL |
|
|
at fair value) |
|
|
sale |
|
|
value |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
20,290 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
20,290 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank deposits and marketable securities |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Trade receivables |
|
|
70,494 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,494 |
|
Unbilled revenue |
|
|
31,096 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,096 |
|
Prepayments and other assets(1) |
|
|
15,511 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,511 |
|
Investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Other non current assets(2) |
|
|
7,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,067 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,349 |
|
|
|
9,109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,458 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total carrying value |
|
$ |
144,470 |
|
|
$ |
1,349 |
|
|
$ |
9,109 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
154,930 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value |
|
$ |
143,482 |
|
|
$ |
1349 |
|
|
$ |
9,109 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
153,942 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
designated |
|
|
Financial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial |
|
|
as cash flow |
|
|
liabilities at |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
liabilities at |
|
|
hedges (carried |
|
|
amortized |
|
|
carrying |
|
|
|
FVTPL |
|
|
at fair value) |
|
|
cost |
|
|
value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade payables |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
32,495 |
|
|
$ |
32,495 |
|
Long term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,531 |
|
|
|
92,531 |
|
Short term line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,700 |
|
|
|
11,700 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,809 |
|
|
|
28,809 |
|
Other liabilities(3) |
|
|
1,815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,442 |
|
|
|
4,257 |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
399 |
|
|
|
7,809 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total carrying value |
|
$ |
2,214 |
|
|
$ |
7,809 |
|
|
$ |
167,977 |
|
|
$ |
178,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value |
|
$ |
2,214 |
|
|
$ |
7,809 |
|
|
$ |
167,528 |
|
|
$ |
177,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
1. |
|
Excluding non-current financial assets $5,284. |
|
2. |
|
Excluding non-current financial assets $845. |
|
3. |
|
Excluding non-current financial liabilities $966. |
Page 45
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by categories as of March 31, 2011 were
as follows:
Financial
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
designated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial |
|
|
as cash flow |
|
|
Available |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Loans and |
|
|
assets at |
|
|
hedges (carried at |
|
|
for |
|
|
carrying |
|
|
|
receivables |
|
|
FVTPL |
|
|
fair value) |
|
|
sale |
|
|
value |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
27,090 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
27,090 |
|
Bank deposits and marketable securities |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Trade receivables |
|
|
78,586 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,586 |
|
Unbilled revenue |
|
|
30,837 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,837 |
|
Prepayments
and other assets (1) |
|
|
12,341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,341 |
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,409 |
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,464 |
|
Investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Other
non-current assets
(2) |
|
|
7,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total carrying value |
|
$ |
155,926 |
|
|
$ |
8,409 |
|
|
$ |
5,055 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
169,392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value |
|
$ |
154,781 |
|
|
$ |
8,409 |
|
|
$ |
5,055 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
168,247 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial |
|
|
designated |
|
|
Financial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
liabilities |
|
|
as cash flow |
|
|
liabilities at |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
at |
|
|
hedges (carried at |
|
|
amortized |
|
|
carrying |
|
|
|
FVTPL |
|
|
fair value) |
|
|
cost |
|
|
value |
|
Trade payables |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
43,748 |
|
|
$ |
43,748 |
|
Long term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,281 |
|
|
|
92,281 |
|
Short term line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,593 |
|
|
|
14,593 |
|
Pension and other employee obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,514 |
|
|
|
35,514 |
|
Other liabilities(3) |
|
|
1,767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,005 |
|
|
|
2,772 |
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
|
5,410 |
|
|
|
4,984 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,394 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total carrying value |
|
$ |
7,177 |
|
|
$ |
4,984 |
|
|
$ |
187,141 |
|
|
$ |
199,302 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fair value |
|
$ |
7,177 |
|
|
$ |
4,984 |
|
|
$ |
186,588 |
|
|
$ |
198,749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes: |
|
|
|
1. |
|
Excluding non-current financial assets $4,106. |
|
2. |
|
Excluding non-current financial assets $980. |
|
3. |
|
Excluding non-current financial liabilities $1,354. |
Fair value hierarchy
The following is the hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial
instruments by valuation technique:
Level 1
quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded
fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value
that are not based on observable market data.
Page 46
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below as on
June 30, 2011:-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value measurement at reporting date using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prices in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
active |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
markets |
|
|
other |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for identical |
|
|
observable |
|
|
unobservable |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
assets |
|
|
inputs |
|
|
inputs |
|
Description |
|
2011 |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets at FVTPL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
$ |
1,349 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,349 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
|
9,109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
10,458 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
10,458 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities at FVTPL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
$ |
399 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
399 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities at fair value through other
comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
|
6,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps |
|
|
1,358 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,358 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
$ |
8,208 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,208 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 47
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below as on
March 31, 2011:-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value measurement at reporting date using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prices in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
active |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
markets |
|
|
other |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for identical |
|
|
observable |
|
|
unobservable |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
assets |
|
|
inputs |
|
|
inputs |
|
Description |
|
2011 |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
assets at FVTPL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
$ |
8,409 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,409 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
|
5,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
13,464 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
13,464 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities at FVTPL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
$ |
5,410 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
5,410 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities at fair value through other
comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
|
3,083 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,083 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps |
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
$ |
10,394 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
10,394 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value is estimated using the discounted cash flow approach and market rates of interest.
The valuation technique involves assumption and judgments regarding risk characteristics of the
instruments, discount rates, future cash flows and other factors. During the three months ended
June 30, 2011 and year ended March 31, 2011, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2
fair value measurements, and no transfers into and out of Level 3 fair value measurements.
Page 48
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Derivative financial instruments
The primary risks managed by using derivative instruments are foreign currency exchange risk and
interest rate risk. Forward and option contracts on various foreign currencies are entered into to
manage the foreign currency exchange rate risk on forecasted revenue denominated in foreign
currencies and monetary assets and liabilities held in non-functional currencies. Interest rate
swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Companys floating rate
borrowings. The Companys primary exchange rate exposure is with the US dollars, pound sterling and
the Indian rupee. For derivative instruments which qualify for cash flow hedge accounting, the
Company records the effective portion of gain or loss from changes in the fair value of the
derivative instruments in other comprehensive income (loss), which is reclassified into earnings in
the same period during which the hedged item affects earnings. Derivative instruments qualify for
hedge accounting when the instrument is designated as a hedge; the hedged item is specifically
identifiable and exposes the Company to risk; and it is expected that a change in fair value of the
derivative instrument and an opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item will have a high
degree of correlation. Determining the high degree of correlation between the change in fair value
of the hedged item and the derivative instruments involves significant judgment including the
probability of the occurrence of the forecasted transaction. When it is probable that a forecasted
transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues the hedge
accounting and recognizes immediately
in the statement of income, the gains and losses attributable to such derivative
instrument that were accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss).
As at June 30, 2011, an unrealized gain of $3,898 on derivative instruments included in other
comprehensive income is expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next 12 months
(unrealized gain of $5,091 as at March 31, 2011).
As at June 30, 2011 the notional values of outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts and
foreign exchange option contracts amounted to $327,859 and $290,560, respectively ($273,500 and
$250,012, respectively, as at March 31, 2011).
Page 49
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Financial risk management
Financial risk factors
The Companys activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk, interest risk,
credit risk and liquidity risk. The Companys primary focus is to foresee the unpredictability of
financial markets and seek to minimize potential adverse effects on its financial performance. The
primary market risk to the Company is foreign exchange risk. The Company uses derivative financial
instruments to mitigate foreign exchange related risk exposures. The Companys exposure to credit
risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristic of each customer and the concentration
of risk from the top few customers. The demographics of the customer including the default risk of
the industry and country in which the customer operates also has an influence on credit risk
assessment.
Risk management procedures
The Company manages market risk through treasury operations. Senior management and board of
directors approve the Companys treasury operations objectives and policies. The activities of
treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementation of hedging strategies for
foreign currency exposures, implementation of borrowing strategies and monitoring compliance with
market risk limits and policies. The Companys foreign exchange committee, comprising the Chairman
of the Board, Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, is the approving
authority for all hedging transactions.
Components of market risk
Exchange
rate risk:
The Companys exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Although
substantially all of revenue less repair payments is denominated in pound sterling, US dollars and
Euros, a significant portion of expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011 (net of payments
to repair centers made as part of the Companys WNS Auto Claims BPO segment) were incurred and paid
in Indian rupees. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar
have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. The
Company hedges a portion of forecasted external and inter-company revenue denominated in foreign
currencies with forward contracts and options. The Company does not enter into hedging agreements
for speculative purposes and does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties.
Based upon the Companys level of operations for the three months ended June 30, 2011, a
sensitivity analysis shows that a 10% appreciation in the pound sterling against the US dollar
would have increased revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2011 by approximately $5,364.
Similarly, a 10% appreciation in the Indian rupee against the US dollar would have increased
expenses incurred and paid in Indian rupee for the three months ended June 30, 2011 by
approximately $1,465.
Page 50
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Interest risk:
The Companys exposure to interest rate risk arises principally from borrowings which have a
floating rate of interest, a portion of which is linked to the US dollar LIBOR and the remainder is
linked to the Bank of England base rate. The costs of floating rate borrowings may be affected by
the fluctuations in the interest rates. In connection with the term loan facility entered into in
2008, which was refinanced in 2010, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with
banks in fiscal 2009. These swap agreements effectively converted the term loan from a variable US
dollar LIBOR interest rate to a fixed rate, thereby managing the Companys exposure to changes in
market interest rates under the term loan. The outstanding swap agreements as at June 30, 2011
aggregated $74,000. Following the scheduled repayment installment of $20,000 made under the term
loan facility on July 11, 2011, the amount outstanding under the swap agreements aggregated
$54,000. The Companys use of derivative instruments is limited to effective fixed and floating
interest rate swap agreements used to manage well-defined interest rate risk exposures.
The Company monitors positions and does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties. It
intends to selectively use interest rate swaps, options and other derivative instruments to manage
exposure to interest rate movements. These exposures are reviewed by appropriate levels of
management on a periodic basis. The Company does not enter into hedging agreements for speculative
purposes.
Credit risk:
Credit risk arises from the possibility that customers may not be able to settle their obligations
as agreed. Trade receivables are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from
customers primarily located in the United Kingdom and the United States. Credit risk is managed
through periodical assessment of the financial reliability of customers, taking into account the
financial condition, current economic trends, analysis of historical bad debts and ageing of
accounts receivable.
The following table gives details in respect of percentage of revenue generated from top customer
and top five customers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from top customer |
|
|
17 |
% |
|
|
17 |
% |
Revenue from top five customers |
|
|
45 |
% |
|
|
54 |
% |
Financial
assets that are neither past due nor impaired
Cash equivalents, bank deposits and marketable securities, unbilled revenue and other
assets, are neither past due and nor impaired except trade receivables as described below.
Page 51
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Financial assets that are past due but not impaired
There is no other class of financial assets that is past due but not impaired except for trade
receivables. The age wise break up of trade receivables, net of allowances that are past due beyond
credit period, is given below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
|
|
June 30, 2011 |
|
|
March 31, 2011 |
|
Neither past due nor impaired |
|
$ |
58,722 |
|
|
$ |
44,323 |
|
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due 0-30 days |
|
|
4,061 |
|
|
|
9,362 |
|
Past due 31-60 days |
|
|
1,179 |
|
|
|
1,580 |
|
Past due 61-90 days |
|
|
598 |
|
|
|
4,934 |
|
Past due over 90 days |
|
|
10,476 |
|
|
|
22,784 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
75,036 |
|
|
$ |
82,983 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for doubtful account receivables |
|
$ |
(4,542 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,397 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables net of allowances for doubtful account receivables |
|
$ |
70,494 |
|
|
$ |
78,586 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity risk:
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations
associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial
asset. The Companys approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will
always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under normal and stressed
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the reputation. Typically
the Company ensures that it has sufficient cash on demand to meet expected operational expenses and
service financial obligations. In addition, the Company has concluded arrangements with well
reputed banks and has unused lines of credit that could be drawn upon should there be a need.
On July 12, 2010 the Company entered into a term loan facility of $94,000 in Mauritius with
interest equal to the three month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 2% per annum. This term loan is
repayable in semi-annual installments of $20,000 on each of January 10, 2011 and July 11, 2011 and
$30,000 on January 10, 2012 with the final installment of $24,000 payable on July 10, 2012. On
January 10, 2011 and July 11, 2011, the Company made a scheduled installment repayment of $20,000
each, following which the amount outstanding under the facility was $54,000.
The Company has also established a £19,760 ($31,824 based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011)
line of credit in UK pursuant to a facility agreement dated June 30, 2010. This facility consists
of a two year term loan facility of £9,880 ($15,912 based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) at
the Bank of England base rate plus a margin of 1.95% per annum and a working capital facility of
£9,880 ($15,912 based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) at the Bank of England base rate plus
a margin of 2.45% per annum which has been renewed on June 30, 2011. As at June 30, 2011 the amount
outstanding under the term loan facility was £9,880 ($15,912 based on the exchange rate on June 30,
2011) and there was no amount outstanding under the working capital facility.
The Company has also established a $3,200 line of credit in the Philippines pursuant to a facility
agreement dated September 8, 2010. This facility consists of a three year term loan facility at the
three-month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 3% per annum. As at June 30, 2011 the amount
outstanding under the facility was $3,200.
Page 52
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
The Companys Indian subsidiary, WNS Global, has set up unsecured lines of credit of
470,000
($10,503 based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) from The Hongkong and Shanghai Corporation
Limited and $5,000 from BNP Paribas, interest on which would be determined on the date of the
borrowing. As at June 30, 2011,
268,500 ($6,000 based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) was
utilized for working capital requirement,
14,200 ($317 based on the exchange rate on June 30,
2011) was utilized for obtaining bank guarantees and
10,493 ($234 based on the exchange rate on
June 30, 2011) was utilized for obtaining letters of credit from the line of credit available with
The Hongkong and Shanghai Corporation Limited and $5,000 was utilized for working capital
requirements from the line of credit available with BNP Paribas.
11. Employee benefits
Defined contribution plan
The following table sets forth the Companys contribution to defined contribution plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
India |
|
$ |
1,366 |
|
|
$ |
1,364 |
|
Philippines |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Sri Lanka |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
United States |
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
1,712 |
|
|
$ |
1,775 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit plan
The following table sets forth the net periodic cost recognized by the Company in respect of
gratuity payments under the Companys gratuity plans covering eligible employees of the Company in
India, the Philippines and Sri Lanka.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Net periodic gratuity cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost |
|
$ |
378 |
|
|
$ |
388 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
504 |
|
|
$ |
492 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 53
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
12. Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
April 1, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Withholding taxes and VAT payables |
|
$ |
2,442 |
|
|
$ |
1,005 |
|
|
$ |
2,728 |
|
Noncontrolling interest |
|
|
1,815 |
|
|
|
1,767 |
|
|
|
1,676 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
966 |
|
|
|
1,354 |
|
|
|
4,341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
5,223 |
|
|
$ |
4,126 |
|
|
$ |
8,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent expenses |
|
$ |
2,365 |
|
|
$ |
2,851 |
|
|
$ |
3,071 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
656 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
2,365 |
|
|
$ |
2,978 |
|
|
$ |
3,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Revenue recognition
In Auto Claims BPO, the Company has started re-negotiating contractual terms with insurance company
and the repair centers as and when they come up for renewal. During the quarter ended June 30,
2011, the Company has renewed its contract with one of its customer and negotiated a new contract
with the repair center in April 2011. In May 2011, the Company has further negotiated for a new
contract with the repair center, which is appended as part of the main revenue contract with two
other insurance customers.
The key changes to the Principal Agent Consideration are summarized below:
|
a) |
|
The primary responsibility of the repair work has now shifted from the Company to the
repair center. |
|
|
b) |
|
The credit risk is now passed on from the Company to the insurance company. |
|
|
c) |
|
The true economic benefit which the Company earns in the process is the claims handling
fee with the repairs cost being a pass through from the insurance company to the repair
center without any significant risk and reward involved on the Companys part. |
The Company has evaluated the principal or agent recognition criteria as per IAS 18.
Based on the evaluation of the terms of the contract with repair centers and arrangement with
insurance company, the Company has concluded that it is not the principal in providing claims
handling services and hence it would be appropriate to record revenue from repair services on a net
basis i.e. net of repair cost.
Accordingly,
the revenues from three of the Companys clients in Auto Claims BPO have been recorded
net of repair cost during the first quarter of fiscal 2012. The change in revenue accounting for
one of its clients is effective from April 2011 and the balance two clients is effective from May
2011.
14. Expenses by nature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Employee cost |
|
$ |
56,844 |
|
|
$ |
49,052 |
|
Repair payments |
|
|
27,824 |
|
|
|
60,656 |
|
Facilities cost |
|
|
13,242 |
|
|
|
14,653 |
|
Depreciation charges |
|
|
4,067 |
|
|
|
4,878 |
|
Legal and professional expenses |
|
|
3,977 |
|
|
|
4,513 |
|
Travel expenses |
|
|
3,706 |
|
|
|
2,660 |
|
Other cost |
|
|
5,128 |
|
|
|
5,490 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue, selling and marketing and
general and administrative expenses |
|
$ |
114,788 |
|
|
$ |
141,902 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 54
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
15. Share-based payments
The Company has two share-based incentive plans, the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan adopted on July 1,
2002 and the 2006 Incentive Award Plan adopted on June 1, 2006, as amended and restated in February
2009 (collectively referred to as the Plans). Under the Plans, share based options may be granted
to eligible participants. Options are generally granted for a term of ten years and have a graded
vesting period of up to four years. The Company settles employee share-based option exercises with
newly issued ordinary shares.
Share-based compensation expense during the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Share-based compensation recorded in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
$ |
326 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
Selling and marketing expenses |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
1,023 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total share-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
1,465 |
|
|
$ |
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upon
exercise of stock options and RSUs the Company issued 56,958 and
373,132 shares, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.
16. Income taxes
The domestic and foreign source component of profit (loss) before income taxes is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Domestic |
|
$ |
(837 |
) |
|
$ |
(472 |
) |
Foreign |
|
|
4,225 |
|
|
|
(3,781 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit
(loss) before income taxes |
|
$ |
3,388 |
|
|
$ |
(4,253 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys provision for income taxes consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Current taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic taxes |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Foreign taxes |
|
|
4,081 |
|
|
|
3,220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,081 |
|
|
|
3,220 |
|
Deferred taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic taxes |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Foreign taxes |
|
|
(1,352 |
) |
|
|
(1,638 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,729 |
|
|
$ |
1,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic taxes are nil as there are no statutory taxes applicable in Jersey, Channel Islands.
Foreign taxes are based on applicable tax rates in each subsidiarys jurisdiction.
Page 55
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
Provision (credit) for income taxes has been allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Income taxes on profit/(loss) |
|
$ |
2,729 |
|
|
$ |
1,582 |
|
Income taxes on other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized gain on cash flow hedging derivatives |
|
|
(461 |
) |
|
|
(512 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income taxes |
|
$ |
2,268 |
|
|
$ |
1,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has 13 delivery centers in India which were eligible to claim income-tax exemption with
respect to profits earned from export revenue from operating units registered under the Software
Technology Parks of India (STPI) which expired on April 1, 2011. The Company has a delivery
center located in Gurgaon, India registered under the Special Economic Zone (SEZ) scheme and
eligible for 100% income tax exemption until fiscal 2012, and 50% income tax exemption from fiscal
2013 till fiscal 2022. During fiscal 2012, the Company has also
started its operations in delivery centers in
Pune & Navi Mumbai, India registered under the SEZ scheme and eligible for 100% income tax
exemption until fiscal 2016 and 50% income tax exemption from fiscal 2017 till fiscal 2026. The
Government of India pursuant to the Indian Finance Act, 2011 has levied minimum alternate tax
(MAT) on the profits earned by the SEZ units at the rate of 20.01%. The Companys operations in Costa
Rica and Philippines are also eligible for tax exemptions which expire in fiscal 2017 and fiscal
2013, respectively. The Companys operations in Sri Lanka were also eligible for tax exemptions
which expired in fiscal 2011. However, the Government of Sri Lanka has exempted the profits earned
from export revenue from tax. This will enable the Companys Sri Lankan subsidiary to continue to
claim tax exemption under Sri Lankan Inland Revenue Act following the expiry of the tax holiday.
In January 2009 the Company received an order of assessment for fiscal 2005 from the Indian tax
authorities that could give rise to an estimated $16,271 in additional taxes, including interest of
$5,049. The Company had contested the order and in November 2010 the Company received the order
from the first level Indian appellate authority deciding the issues in favor of the Company.
However, the order has been contested before higher appellate authorities by the Indian tax
authorities.
In November 2009, the Company received draft orders of assessment for fiscal 2006 from the Indian
tax authorities. The Company had contested the draft orders of
assessment before the Dispute Resolution
Panel (DRP), a panel set up by the Government of India as alternate first level appellate
authorities. The DRP order as well as the orders of assessment giving effect to the DRP order,
which were received by the Company in the month of September 2010, could give rise to an estimated
$16,325 in additional taxes, including interest of $5,716. Further in February 2011, the Company
received orders of assessment from the Indian tax authorities for fiscal 2007 that could give rise
to an estimated $29,431 in additional taxes, including interest of $9,449. The Company has
contested these orders before higher appellate tax authorities.
Based on certain favorable decision from appellate authorities in previous years, certain legal
opinions from counsel and after consultation with the Indian tax advisors, the Company believes
that the chances of the aforementioned assessments, upon challenge, being sustained at the higher
appellate authorities are remote and the Company intends to vigorously dispute the assessments and
orders. The Company has deposited a small portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities
and may be required to deposit the remaining portion of the disputed amount with the tax
authorities pending final resolution of the respective matter.
Others
On March 21, 2009, the Company received an order from the Indian service tax authority, demanding
$7,736 of service tax and related penalty for the period from March 1, 2003 to January 31, 2005.
The assessment order alleges that service tax is payable in India on BPO services provided by the
Company to clients. The Company has filed an appeal to the appellate tribunal against the
assessment order and the appeal is currently pending. After consultation with the Indian tax
advisors, the Company believes the chances that the assessment would be upheld against it are
remote. The Company intends to continue to vigorously dispute the assessment.
Page 56
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
17. Earnings per share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended |
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Numerator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit (loss) |
|
$ |
659 |
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding |
|
|
44,470,148 |
|
|
|
43,979,924 |
|
Dilutive impact of equivalent stock options and RSUs outstanding |
|
|
10,89,009 |
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding |
|
|
45,559,157 |
|
|
|
43,979,924 |
|
The computation of earnings (loss) per ordinary share (EPS) was determined by dividing profit
(loss) by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the respective periods.
The Company excludes options with exercise price that are greater than the average market price
from the calculation of diluted EPS because their effect would be anti-dilutive. In the three
months ended June 30, 2011 and, the Company excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS options to
purchase 891,148 shares.
Page 57
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
18. Subsidiaries
The following is a list of the Companys subsidiaries as at June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
S/No. |
|
Name of subsidiary |
|
Place of incorporation |
1. |
|
WNS Global Services Netherlands Cooperative U.A. |
|
The Netherlands |
2. |
|
WNS North America, Inc. |
|
Delaware, USA |
3. |
|
WNS Global Services (UK) Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
4. |
|
Business Applications Associates Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
5. |
|
WNS (Mauritius) Limited |
|
Mauritius |
6. |
|
WNS Global Services (Romania) S.R.L. |
|
Romania |
7. |
|
WNS Philippines, Inc. (1) |
|
Philippines |
8. |
|
WNS Global Services Philippines, Inc. |
|
Philippines |
9. |
|
WNS Business Consulting Services Private Limited |
|
India |
10. |
|
WNS Workflow Technologies Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
11. |
|
Accidents Happen Assistance Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
12. |
|
Baizan International Software Technology (Beijing) Co. Limited |
|
China |
13. |
|
WNS Capital Investment Limited |
|
Mauritius |
14. |
|
WNS Global Services (Private) Limited |
|
Sri Lanka |
15. |
|
WNS Customer Solutions (Singapore) Private Limited |
|
Singapore |
16. |
|
WNS Customer Solutions (Private) Limited |
|
Sri Lanka |
17. |
|
WNS Global Services Private Limited |
|
India |
18. |
|
WNS BPO Services Costa Rica, S.A. |
|
Costa Rica |
19. |
|
WNS Global Services (Australia) Pty Limited |
|
Australia |
20. |
|
WNS Global FZE |
|
United Arab Emirates |
All the above subsidiaries are held by the Company directly or indirectly for the entire
shareholding of 100% except WNS Philippines, Inc, as discussed in note (1) below;
Note:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
WNS Philippines, Inc. is a joint venture company set up between the WNS Global Services
Netherlands Cooperative U.A. (the Co-op) and ACS.
ACS has assigned its rights and obligations under the joint venture agreement in favor of
its holding company Paxys. The Co-op has a 65% ownership interest in WNS
Philippines, Inc. |
Page 58
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
19. Operating segments
The Company has several operating segments based on a mix of industry and the types of services.
The composition and organization of these operating segments currently is designed in such a way
that the back office shared processes, i.e. the horizontal structure, delivers service to industry
specific back office and front office processes i.e. the vertical structure. These structures
represent matrix form of organization structure, accordingly operating segments have been
determined based on core principle of segments reporting in
accordance with IFRS 8 Operating
segments (IFRS 8). These operating segments include travel, insurance, banking and financial
services, healthcare, utilities, retail and consumer products groups, auto claims and others. The
Company believes that the business process outsourcing services that it provides to customers in
industries other than auto claims such as travel, insurance, banking and financial services,
healthcare, utilities, retail and consumer products groups and others are similar in terms of
services, service delivery methods, use of technology, and long-term gross profit and hence meet
the aggregation criteria in accordance with IFRS 8. WNS Assistance and AHA (WNS Auto Claims BPO),
which provide automobile claims handling services, do not meet the aggregation criteria.
Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has two reportable segments WNS Global BPO and
WNS Auto Claims BPO.
The
Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) has been has been
identified as the Group Chief Executive
Officer. The CODM evaluates the Companys performance and allocates resources based on
revenue growth of vertical structure.
In order to provide accident management services, the Company arranges for the repair through a
network of repair centers. Repair costs paid to automobile repair centers are invoiced to customers
and recognized as revenue. The Company uses revenue less repair payments for Fault repairs as a
primary measure to allocate resources and measure segment performance. Revenue less repair payments
is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated as revenue less payments to repair centers. For
Non-fault repairs, revenue including repair payments is used as a primary measure. As the Company
provides a consolidated suite of accident management services including credit hire and credit
repair for its Non-fault repairs business, the Company believes that measurement of that line of
business has to be on a basis that includes repair payments in revenue. The Company believes that
the presentation of this non-GAAP measure in the segmental information provides useful information
for investors regarding the segments financial performance. The presentation of this non-GAAP
information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the Companys
financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS.
Page 59
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, 2011 |
|
|
|
WNS |
|
|
WNS Auto |
|
|
Inter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global BPO |
|
|
Claims BPO |
|
|
segments* |
|
|
Total |
|
Revenue from external customers |
|
$ |
89,444 |
|
|
$ |
36,219 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
125,663 |
|
Segment revenue |
|
$ |
89,645 |
|
|
$ |
36,219 |
|
|
$ |
(201 |
) |
|
$ |
125,663 |
|
Payments to repair centers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,824 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,824 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments |
|
|
89,645 |
|
|
|
8,395 |
|
|
|
(201 |
) |
|
|
97,839 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
3,680 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,067 |
|
Other costs |
|
|
73,343 |
|
|
|
6,965 |
|
|
|
(201 |
) |
|
|
80,107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating profit |
|
|
12,622 |
|
|
|
1,043 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,665 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
(177 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(204 |
) |
Finance expense |
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment profit before income taxes |
|
|
11,623 |
|
|
|
1,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,693 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
2,552 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,729 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment profit |
|
|
9,071 |
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,964 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,840 |
|
Share based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
659 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addition to non-current assets |
|
$ |
6,237 |
|
|
$ |
515 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
6,752 |
|
Total assets, net of elimination |
|
|
391,766 |
|
|
|
109,907 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
501,673 |
|
Total liabilities, net of elimination |
|
$ |
203,682 |
|
|
$ |
31,747 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
235,429 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Transactions between inter segments represent invoices raised by WNS Global BPO on WNS Auto
Claims BPO on an arms length basis for business process outsourcing services rendered by the
former to latter. |
Page 60
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, 2010 |
|
|
|
WNS |
|
|
WNS Auto |
|
|
Inter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global BPO |
|
|
Claims BPO |
|
|
segments* |
|
|
Total |
|
Revenue from external customers |
|
$ |
80,005 |
|
|
$ |
69,959 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
149,964 |
|
Segment revenue |
|
$ |
80,208 |
|
|
$ |
69,959 |
|
|
$ |
(203 |
) |
|
$ |
149,964 |
|
Payments to repair centers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,656 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,656 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments |
|
|
80,208 |
|
|
|
9,303 |
|
|
|
(203 |
) |
|
|
89,308 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
4,613 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,878 |
|
Other costs |
|
|
66,858 |
|
|
|
6,636 |
|
|
|
(203 |
) |
|
|
73,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating profit |
|
|
8,737 |
|
|
|
2,402 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,139 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(175 |
) |
Finance expense |
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment profit before income taxes |
|
|
1,252 |
|
|
|
2,518 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,770 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
1,120 |
|
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment profit |
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
2,056 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,188 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,980 |
|
Share based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(5,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addition to non-current assets |
|
$ |
2,210 |
|
|
$ |
540 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2750 |
|
Total assets, net of elimination |
|
|
424,762 |
|
|
|
107,476 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
532,238 |
|
Total liabilities, net of elimination |
|
$ |
246,000 |
|
|
$ |
51,897 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
297,897 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Transactions between inter segments represent invoices raised by WNS Global BPO on WNS Auto
Claims BPO on an arms length basis for business process outsourcing services rendered by the
former to latter. |
The Companys external revenue by geographic area is as follows;
External Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
UK |
|
$ |
81,025 |
|
|
$ |
89,987 |
|
North America |
|
|
36,227 |
|
|
|
35,037 |
|
Europe (excluding UK) |
|
|
6,653 |
|
|
|
23,508 |
|
Rest of the World |
|
|
1,758 |
|
|
|
1,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
125,663 |
|
|
$ |
149,964 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 61
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
20. Commitment and Contingencies
Bank guarantees and others
Certain subsidiaries in India and Romania hold bank guarantees aggregating $487 and $483 as at
June 30, 2011 and March 31, 2011, respectively. These guarantees have a remaining expiry term
ranging from one to five years.
Restricted time deposits placed with bankers as security for guarantees given by them to
regulatory authorities in India and lessors in Romania, aggregating to $220 and $194 at June 30,
2011 and March 31, 2011, respectively, are included in other current assets. These deposits
represent cash collateral against bank guarantees issued by the banks on behalf of the Company
to third parties.
Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in lawsuits, claims and
administrative proceedings. While uncertainties are inherent in the final outcome of these
matters, the Company believes, after consultation with counsel, that the disposition of these
proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
21. Joint venture with ACS
In April 2008, the Company formed a joint venture, WNS Philippines, with ACS, a BPO services and customer care provider, in the Philippines. ACS has
assigned its rights and obligations under the joint venture agreement in favor of its holding
company Paxys. This joint venture is majority owned by the Company
(65%) and the balance by Paxys. This joint venture offers contact center services to global
clients across industries. This joint venture enables the Company to bring a large scale talent
pool to help solve the business challenges of its clients while diversifying the geographic
concentration of delivery. Pursuant to the joint venture agreement, the Company has a call
option to acquire from Paxys the remaining shares owned by Paxys and Paxys has a put option to
sell all of its shareholding in the joint venture to the Company, upon the occurrence of certain
conditions, as set forth in the joint venture agreement, or after August 6, 2012.
As the Company always had the risk and rewards for the ownership of the joint venture and with
the existence of put option, the Company has a contractual obligation to deliver cash, hence the
noncontrolling interest is classified as liability in accordance with IAS 32. The put and call option would trigger on expiry of four years from
the date of commencement of operations or occurrence of non-performance event i.e. six months of
continuous losses by the joint venture.
As at the Transition Date, the Company had done the probability weightage of possible outcome of
the put and call options under the various conditions of contract and recorded its obligation
towards the put liability. Accordingly, a liability has been recorded based on the
obligation existing at the Transition Date based on the present value of the put option with the
initial recognition to equity amounting to $1,676.
At every period end, the Company has re-measured the put liability. As at June 30, 2011, the
non-performance event has triggered as the joint venture has made six months of continuous
losses for the period January 2011 to June 2011. The Company has evaluated the trigger of
non-performance event and the consequent put and call option liability and concluded that the
liability recorded in the books of accounts is adequate as at June 30, 2011.
Page 62
Part II MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. We urge you to
carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this report and in our other
SEC filings, including our annual report on Form 20-F for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.
Some of the statements in the following discussion are forward-looking statements. See Special
note regarding forward-looking statements.
Overview
We are a leading provider of offshore business process outsourcing, or BPO, services. We provide
comprehensive data, voice and analytical services to our clients, which are typically companies
located in the Asia Pacific regions, Europe and North America.
Although we typically enter into long-term contractual arrangements with our clients, these
contracts can usually be terminated with or without cause by our clients and often with short
notice periods. Nevertheless, our client relationships tend to be long-term in nature given the
scale and complexity of the services we provide coupled with risks and costs associated with
switching processes in-house or to other service providers. We structure each contract to meet our
clients specific business requirements and our target rate of return over the life of the
contract. In addition, since the sales cycle for offshore business process outsourcing is long and
complex, it is often difficult to predict the timing of new client engagements. As a result, we may
experience fluctuations in growth rates and profitability from quarter to quarter, depending on the
timing and nature of new contracts. Our focus, however, is on deepening our client relationships
and maximizing shareholder value over the life of a clients relationship with us.
Our revenue is generated primarily from providing business process outsourcing services. We have
two reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes WNS Global BPO and WNS Auto
Claims BPO. In our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, we provide both fault and non fault repairs.
For fault repairs, we provide claims handling and accident management services, where we arrange
for automobile repairs through a network of third party repair centers. In our accident management
services, where we act as the principal in our dealings with the third party repair centers and our
clients, the amounts which we invoice to our clients for payments made by us to third party repair
centers are reported as revenue. Where we are not the principal in
providing the services, we record revenue from repair services net of
repair cost. See Note 13 of the unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Since we wholly subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we
evaluate our financial performance based on revenue less repair payments to third party repair
centers which is a non-GAAP measure. We believe that revenue less repair payments for fault
repairs reflects more accurately the value addition of the business process outsourcing services
that we directly provide to our clients. For non fault repairs, revenue including repair payments
is used as a primary measure to allocate resources and measure operating performance. As we provide
a consolidated suite of accident management services including credit hire and credit repair for
our non fault repairs business, we believe that measurement of that line of business has to be on
a basis that includes repair payments in revenue. Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP
measure which is calculated as revenue less payments to repair centers. The presentation of this
non-GAAP information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our
financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS. Our revenue less repair payments may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to potential differences in
the method of calculation.
Page 63
The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP measure) to revenue less repair payments (a
non-GAAP measure) for the periods indicated:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Revenue |
|
|
125.7 |
|
|
|
150.0 |
|
Less: Payments to repair centers |
|
|
27.8 |
|
|
|
60.7 |
|
Revenue less repair payments |
|
|
97.8 |
|
|
|
89.3 |
|
Global Market and Economic Conditions
In Asia, Europe and the United States, market and economic conditions have been challenging with
tighter credit conditions and slower growth since fiscal 2009. Since fiscal 2009 and continuing
into fiscal 2012, continued concerns about the systemic impact of inflation, energy costs,
geopolitical issues and the availability and cost of credit have contributed to increased market
volatility and diminished expectations for the economy globally. These conditions, combined with
volatile oil prices, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment, have,
since fiscal 2009 and continuing into fiscal 2012, contributed to extreme volatility.
These economic conditions may affect our business in a number of ways. The general level of
economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending, could result in a decrease
in demand for our services, thus reducing our revenue. The cost and availability of credit has been
and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads.
Continued turbulence in the US and international markets and economies may adversely affect our
liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. If
these market conditions continue or worsen, they may limit our ability to access financing or
increase our cost of financing to meet liquidity needs, and affect the ability of our customers to
use credit to purchase our services or to make timely payments to us, resulting in adverse effects
on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, a weakening of the rate of
exchange for the US dollar or the pound sterling (in which our revenue is principally denominated)
against the Indian rupee (in which a significant portion of our costs are denominated) also
adversely affects our results. Fluctuations between the pound sterling or the Indian rupee and the
US dollar also expose us to translation risk when transactions denominated in pound sterling or
Indian rupees are translated to US dollars, our reporting currency. For example, the average pound
sterling/US dollar exchange rate for fiscal 2011 depreciated 2.6% as compared to the average
exchange rate for fiscal 2010, which adversely impacted our results of operations. Uncertainty
about current global economic conditions could also continue to increase the volatility of our
share price. We cannot predict the timing or duration of the economic slowdown or the timing or
strength of a subsequent economic recovery generally or in our targeted industries, including the
travel and leisure, and insurance industries. If macroeconomic conditions worsens or the current
global economic condition continues for a prolonged period of time, we are not able to predict the
impact such worsening conditions will have on our targeted industries in general, and our results
of operations specifically.
Revenue
We generate revenue by providing business process outsourcing services to our clients.
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
|
% Changes |
|
Revenue |
|
|
125.7 |
|
|
|
150.0 |
|
|
|
(24.3 |
) |
|
|
(16.2 |
)% |
Revenue less repair payments |
|
|
97.8 |
|
|
|
89.3 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
% |
During the three months ended June 30, 2011, we re-negotiated contracts with certain of our clients
and repair centers in the Auto Claims business, whereby the significant risk of services and the
credit risk are now borne by these clients instead of us. As a result of these changes, we no
longer account for the amount received from these clients for payments to repair centers and the
payments made to repair centers for cases referred by these clients as revenue and cost of revenue,
respectively, resulting in lower revenue and cost of revenue. The contract re-negotiation process
is ongoing and aimed at simplifying our accounting requirements.
We believe that we have been successful in achieving growth in our revenue less repair payment due
to a number of factors, including our understanding of our clients industries, our focus on
operational excellence and our world-class management team with significant experience in the
global outsourcing industry. We have been successful in adding new clients who are diversified
across industries and geographies to our existing large client base.
Page 64
Our Contracts
We provide our services under contracts with our clients, the majority of which have terms ranging
between three and eight years, with some being rolling contracts with no end dates. Typically,
these contracts can be terminated by our clients with or without cause and with notice periods
ranging from three to six months. However, we tend to have long-term relationships with our clients
given the complex and comprehensive nature of the business processes executed by us, coupled with
the switching costs and risks associated with relocating these processes in-house or to other
service providers.
Each client contract has different terms and conditions based on the scope of services to be
delivered and the requirements of that client. Occasionally, we may incur significant costs on
certain contracts in the early stages of implementation, with the expectation that these costs will
be recouped over the life of the contract to achieve our targeted returns. Each client contract has
corresponding service level agreements that define certain operational metrics based on which our
performance is measured. Some of our contracts specify penalties or damages payable by us in the
event of failure to meet certain key service level standards within an agreed upon time frame.
When we are engaged by a client, we typically transfer that clients processes to our delivery
centers over a two to six month period. This transfer process is subject to a number of potential
delays. Therefore, we may not recognize significant revenue until several months after commencing a
client engagement.
In the WNS Global BPO segment, we charge for our services primarily based on three pricing models
per full-time-equivalent; per transaction; or cost-plus as follows:
|
|
per full-time equivalent arrangements typically involve billings based
on the number of full-time employees (or equivalent) deployed on the
execution of the business process outsourced; |
|
|
|
per transaction arrangements typically involve billings based on the
number of transactions processed (such as the number of e-mail
responses, or airline coupons or insurance claims processed); or |
|
|
|
cost-plus arrangements typically involve billing the contractually
agreed direct and indirect costs and a fee based on the number of
employees deployed under the arrangement. |
Apart from the above-mentioned three primary pricing methods, a small portion of our revenue is
comprised of reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by us in providing services to our
clients.
Our prior contracts with a major client, AVIVA, granted Aviva Global the option to require us to
transfer our facilities at Pune and Sri Lanka to Aviva Global. The Sri Lanka facility was
transferred at book value and did not result in a material gain or loss, although we lost the
revenue generated by the facility upon our transfer of the facility to Aviva Global. With the
transaction that we entered into with AVIVA in July 2008 described below, we have, through the
acquisition of Aviva Global, resumed control of the Sri Lanka facility and we have continued to
retain ownership of the Pune facility and we expect these facilities to continue to generate
revenue for us under the AVIVA master services agreement described below. However we may in the
future enter into contracts with other clients with similar call options that may result in the
loss of revenue that may have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows, particularly during the quarter in which the option takes effect.
In July 2008, we entered into a transaction with AVIVA consisting of a share sale and purchase
agreement with AVIVA and a master services agreement with AVIVA MS. Pursuant to the share sale and
purchase agreement with AVIVA, we acquired all the shares of Aviva Global in July 2008.
Pursuant to the master services agreement with AVIVA MS, or the AVIVA master services agreement, we
provide BPO services to AVIVAs UK and Canadian businesses for a term of eight years and four
months. Under the terms of the agreement, we have agreed to provide a comprehensive spectrum of
life and general insurance processing functions to AVIVA, including policy administration and
settlement, along with finance and accounting, customer care and other support services. In
addition, we have the exclusive right to provide certain services such as finance and accounting,
insurance back-office, customer interaction and analytics services to AVIVAs UK and Canadian
businesses for the first five years, subject to the rights and obligations of the AVIVA group under
their existing contracts with other providers. In March 2009, we entered into a variation deed to
the AVIVA master services agreement pursuant to which we commenced provision of services to AVIVAs
Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates. AVIVAs Canadian
business has ceased to require our
BPO services and we are currently providing BPO services to AVIVAs UK business and AVIVAs Irish
subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates.
Page 65
Our clients customarily provide one to three month rolling forecasts of their service requirements.
Our contracts with our clients do not generally provide for a committed minimum volume of business
or committed amounts of revenue, except for our contract with one of our top five clients based on
revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2010, and the AVIVA master services agreement that we
entered into in July 2008 as described above. AVIVA MS has agreed to provide a minimum volume of
business, or minimum volume commitment, to us during the term of the contract. The minimum volume
commitment is calculated as 3,000 billable full-time employees, where one billable full time
employee is the equivalent of a production employee engaged by us to perform our obligations under
the contract for one working day of at least nine hours for 250 days a year. In August 2009, we
entered into a variation agreement to the AVIVA master services agreement pursuant to which AVIVA
MS agreed to increase the minimum volume commitment from the current 3,000 billable full time
employees to 3,300 billable full time employees for a period of 17 months from March 1, 2010 to
July 31, 2011 and to 3,250 billable full time employees for a period of six months from August 1,
2011 to January 31, 2012. The minimum volume commitment will revert to 3,000 billable full time
employees after January 31, 2012 for the remaining term of the AVIVA master services agreement. In
the event the mean average monthly volume of business in any rolling three-month period does not
reach the minimum volume commitment, AVIVA MS has agreed to pay us a minimum commitment fee as
liquidated damages. Notwithstanding the minimum volume commitment, there are termination at will
provisions which permit AVIVA MS to terminate the AVIVA master services agreement without cause at
any time after the expiry of 24 months from October 9, 2008, except in the case of the Chennai
facility which was transferred to WNS Global Singapore in July 2008, at any time after expiry of 24
months from September 19, 2008, and in the case of the Pune facility which was transferred to WNS
Global Singapore in August 2008, at any time after expiry of 24 months from October 10, 2008, in
each case, with six months notice upon payment of a termination fee. The annual minimum volume
commitment under this contract was met in fiscal 2011.
Under the terms of our agreement with one of our top five clients, we are the exclusive provider of
certain key services from delivery locations outside of the US, including customer service and
ticketing support for the client. Our earlier agreement with this client was due to expire in
December 2010. We re-negotiated this agreement and entered into a new agreement with the client on
December 31, 2009. The new agreement replaced our earlier agreement and became effective on April
1, 2010 and expires in December 2015. Under the earlier agreement with this client, we were
entitled to charge premium pricing because we had absorbed the initial transition cost in 2004.
That premium pricing is no longer available in the new contract with this client. The early
termination of the old agreement entitled us to a payment by the client of a termination fee of
$5.4 million which was received on April 1, 2010. As the termination fee was related to a renewal
of our agreement with the client, we have determined that the recognition of the termination fee as
revenue will be deferred over the term of the new agreement (i.e., over the period from April 1,
2010 to December 31, 2015).
FMFC, a US mortgage lender, was one of our major clients from November 2005 to August 2007. FMFC
was a major client of Trinity Partners which we acquired in November 2005 from the First Magnus
Group. In August 2007, FMFC filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the US
Bankruptcy Code. For fiscal 2007, FMFC accounted for 4.3% and 6.8% of our revenue and revenue less
repair payments, respectively. Contractually, FMFC was obligated to provide us with annual minimum
revenue, or pay the shortfall, through fiscal 2011. We have filed claims in FMFCs Chapter 11 case
both for the payment of unpaid invoices for services rendered to FMFC before FMFC filed for Chapter
11 bankruptcy, for our entitlement under FMFCs annual minimum revenue commitment, and for
administrative expenses. The amount of outstanding claims filed totaled $15.6 million. In a
judgment passed by the bankruptcy court in 2009, the claim filed by WNS amounting to $11.7 million
on account of loss of profit from the remainder of the minimum revenue commitment has been denied.
We filed an appeal against this order in the bankruptcy appellate court, Tucson, Arizona. On August
31, 2010, the appellate court passed judgment in our favor thereby reversing the orders passed by
the bankruptcy court and remanded the matter back to the bankruptcy court. In the same matter, the
liquidating trustee, appointed by the bankruptcy court, has filed a petition against us claiming a
refund of payments made by FMFC to us during the 90 days period immediately prior to its filing of
the bankruptcy petition. FMFC paid a sum of $4 million during the period from May 22, 2007 through
August 21, 2007. All these payments were made in the ordinary course of business and were against
the undisputed invoices of the services provided by us to FMFC during the relevant period. On
August 31, 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with the liquidating trustee pursuant to
which the liquidating trustee agreed to allow our claims to the extent of $11.8 million and
dismissal of the liquidating trustees claim of $4 million for payments made by FMFC to us and we
agreed to make a settlement payment of $50,000 to the liquidating trustee. On October 3, 2010, the
bankruptcy court approved the settlement agreement and on October 13, 2010 we made the settlement
payment of $50,000 to the liquidating trustee. At this stage we cannot confirm the amount which we
can realize from the allowed claims. In fiscal 2008, we had provided an allowance for doubtful
accounts for the entire amount of accounts receivable from FMFC.
Page 66
In our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, we earn revenue from claims handling and accident management
services. For claims handling, we charge on a per claim basis or a fixed fee per vehicle over a
contract period. For automobile accident management services, where we arrange for the repairs
through a network of repair centers that we have established, we invoice the client for the amount
of the repair. When we direct
a vehicle to a specific repair center, we receive a referral fee from that repair center. We also
provide consolidated suite of services towards accident management including credit hire and credit
repair for non-fault repairs business. Overall, we believe that we have established a sustainable
business model which offers revenue visibility over a substantial portion of our business. We have
done so by:
|
|
developing a broad client base which has resulted in limited reliance on any particular client; |
|
|
|
seeking to balance our revenue base by targeting industries that offer significant offshore outsourcing potential; |
|
|
|
addressing the largest markets for offshore business process outsourcing services, which provide geographic
diversity across our client base; and |
|
|
|
focusing our service mix on diverse data, voice and analytical processes, resulting in enhanced client retention. |
Expenses
The majority of our expenses comprise cost of revenue and operating expenses. The key components of
our cost of revenue are payments to repair centers, employee costs, facilities costs, depreciation
and legal and professional costs. Our operating expenses include selling and marketing expenses,
general and administrative expenses, foreign exchange gains and losses and amortization of
intangible assets. Our non-operating expenses include finance expenses, other income and other
expenses.
Cost
of revenue
Our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment includes automobile accident management services, where we arrange
for repairs through a network of repair centers. The payments to repair centers represent the
largest component of cost of revenue. The value of these payments in any given period is primarily
driven by the volume of accidents and the amount of the repair costs related to such accidents.
Employee costs are also a significant component of cost of revenue. In addition to employee
salaries, employee costs include costs related to recruitment, training and retention.
Our facilities costs comprise lease rentals, facilities management and telecommunication network
cost. Most of our leases for our facilities are long-term agreements and have escalation clauses
which provide for increases in rent at periodic intervals commencing between three and five years
from the start of the lease. Most of these agreements have clauses that cap escalation of lease
rentals.
Selling and marketing expenses
Our selling and marketing expenses primarily comprise employee costs for sales and marketing
personnel, travel expenses, legal and professional fees, share-based compensation expense, brand
building expenses and other general expenses relating to selling and marketing.
General and administrative expenses
Our general and administrative expenses primarily comprise employee costs for senior management and
other support personnel, travel expenses, legal and professional fees, share-based compensation
expense and other general expenses not related to cost of revenue and selling and marketing.
Foreign exchange gains or losses, net
Foreign exchange gains or losses, net includes:
|
|
|
marked to market gains or losses on derivative instruments; |
|
|
|
|
foreign currency exchange gains or losses on translation of other assets and
liabilities; and |
|
|
|
|
unrealized foreign currency exchange gains or losses on revaluation of other assets and
liabilities. |
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization of intangible assets is associated with our acquisitions of Marketics, in May 2007, Flovate in June 2007,
Accidents Happen Assistance Limited, or AHA (formerly known as Call
24-7 Limited, or Call 24-7) in April 2008, BizAps in June 2008 and Aviva Global in July 2008.
Page 67
Finance expense
Finance expense primarily relates to interest charges payable on our term loan and short-term
borrowings.
Other income and expense, net
Other income and expense, net comprise interest income and income or loss from sale of fixed assets
and other miscellaneous expenses.
Operating Data
The following table presents certain operating data as of the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2011 |
|
|
March 31, 2011 |
|
|
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
September 30, 2010 |
|
|
June 30, 2010 |
|
Total head count |
|
|
21,808 |
|
|
|
21,523 |
|
|
|
21,213 |
|
|
|
21,460 |
|
|
|
21,406 |
|
Built up seats(1) |
|
|
16,573 |
|
|
|
16,278 |
|
|
|
16,320 |
|
|
|
16,127 |
|
|
|
16,033 |
|
Used seats(1) |
|
|
13,450 |
|
|
|
13,256 |
|
|
|
13,235 |
|
|
|
13,149 |
|
|
|
13,851 |
|
Note:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Built up seats refer to the total number of production seats (excluding support functions like
Finance, Human Resource and Administration) that are set up in any premises. Used seats refer to
the number of built up seats that are being used by employees. The remainder would be termed
vacant seats. The vacant seats would get converted into used seats when we acquire a new client
or increase headcount. |
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain financial information as a percentage of revenue and revenue
less repair payments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of |
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
Revenue less repair payments |
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, |
|
|
Three months ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
75.9 |
% |
|
|
81.8 |
% |
|
|
69.1 |
% |
|
|
69.5 |
% |
Gross profit |
|
|
24.1 |
% |
|
|
18.2 |
% |
|
|
30.9 |
% |
|
|
30.5 |
% |
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing expenses |
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
3.4 |
% |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
General and administrative
expenses |
|
|
10.1 |
% |
|
|
9.4 |
% |
|
|
13.0 |
% |
|
|
15.8 |
% |
Foreign exchange gains, net |
|
|
(1.1 |
)% |
|
|
(2.0 |
)% |
|
|
(1.4 |
)% |
|
|
(3.4 |
)% |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
|
8.9 |
% |
Operating profit |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
Other income, net |
|
|
(0.2 |
)% |
|
|
(0.1 |
)% |
|
|
(0.2 |
)% |
|
|
(0.2 |
)% |
Finance expense |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
|
1.2 |
% |
|
|
8.4 |
% |
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
2.2 |
% |
|
|
1.1 |
% |
|
|
2.8 |
% |
|
|
1.8 |
% |
Profit (loss) |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
(3.9 |
)% |
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
(6.5 |
)% |
The following table reconciles revenue (a GAAP
measure) to revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP measure) and sets forth payments to repair centers and revenue less repair payments as a percentage
of revenue:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
125.7 |
|
|
$ |
150.0 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
Less: Payments to repair
centers |
|
|
27.8 |
|
|
|
60.7 |
|
|
|
22 |
% |
|
|
40 |
% |
Revenue less repair payments |
|
$ |
97.8 |
|
|
$ |
89.3 |
|
|
|
78 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
Page 68
The following table presents our results of operations for the periods indicated:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
125.7 |
|
|
$ |
150.0 |
|
Cost of revenue(1) |
|
95.4 |
|
|
122.7 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
30.3 |
|
|
|
27.2 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing expenses(2) |
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
General and administrative expenses(3) |
|
|
12.7 |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
Foreign exchange gains, net |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
7.8 |
|
|
8.0 |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
Finance expense |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
2.7 |
|
|
1.6 |
|
Profit (loss) |
|
$ |
0.7 |
|
|
$ |
(5.8 |
) |
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes share- based compensation expense of $0.3 million for the three months ended June 30,
2011, and $0.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes share- based compensation expense of $0.1 million for the three months ended June 30,
2011, and $0.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes share- based compensation expense of $1.0 million for the three months ended June 30,
2011, and $0.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. |
Results for three months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2010
Revenue
The following table sets forth our revenue and percentage change in revenue for the periods
indicated:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
|
% Changes |
|
Revenue |
|
$ |
125.7 |
|
|
$ |
150.0 |
|
|
$ |
24.3 |
|
|
|
(16.2 |
)% |
The decrease in revenue of $24.3 million was primarily attributable to a decrease in revenue from
existing clients of $27.4 million partially offset by revenue from new clients of $3.1 million. The
decrease in revenue from existing clients was primarily attributable to our auto claims business on
account of changes to certain client contracts and contracts with repair centers whereby the
significant risk of services and the credit risk are now borne by these clients instead of us. As a
result of these changes, we no longer account for the amounts received from these clients as
revenue, resulting in lower revenue.
Page 69
Revenue by Geography
The following table sets forth the composition of our revenue based on the location of our clients
in our key geographies for the periods indicated:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of |
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
UK |
|
$ |
81.0 |
|
|
$ |
90.0 |
|
|
|
64.5 |
% |
|
|
60.0 |
% |
North America (primarily the US) |
|
$ |
36.2 |
|
|
$ |
35.0 |
|
|
|
28.8 |
% |
|
|
23.4 |
% |
Europe (excluding the UK) |
|
$ |
6.7 |
|
|
$ |
23.5 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
15.7 |
% |
Rest of World |
|
$ |
1.8 |
|
|
$ |
1.4 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
The decrease in revenue from the UK and Europe region is primarily attributable to our auto claims
business on account of changes to certain client contracts and contracts with repair centers
whereby the significant risk of services and the credit risk are now borne by these clients instead
of us. As a result of these changes, we no longer account for the amounts received from these
clients as revenue, resulting in lower revenue.
Revenue less Repair Payments
The following table sets forth our revenue less repair payment and percentage change in revenue
less repair payments for the periods indicated:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
|
% Changes |
|
Revenue less repair payments |
|
$ |
97.8 |
|
|
$ |
89.3 |
|
|
$ |
8.5 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
% |
The increase in revenue less repair payments of $8.5 million was primarily attributable to an
increase in revenue less repair payments from existing clients of $6.2 million and revenue less
repair payments from new clients of $2.3 million. The increase in revenue less repair payments was
primarily due to higher volumes in the Insurance, Retail and Healthcare
verticals and a stronger pound sterling.
Revenue less Repair Payments by Geography
The following table sets forth the composition of our revenue less repair payments based on the
location of our clients in our key geographies for the periods indicated:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
revenue less repair |
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments |
|
|
payments |
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
UK |
|
$ |
53.2 |
|
|
$ |
46.3 |
|
|
|
54.4 |
% |
|
|
51.9 |
% |
North America (primarily the US) |
|
$ |
36.2 |
|
|
$ |
35.0 |
|
|
|
37.0 |
% |
|
|
39.2 |
% |
Europe (excluding the UK) |
|
$ |
6.7 |
|
|
$ |
6.5 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
7.3 |
% |
Rest of World |
|
$ |
1.8 |
|
|
$ |
1.4 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
1.6 |
% |
The increase in revenue less repair payments from the UK region was primarily attributable to higher
volumes in the Insurance, Retail and Healthcare verticals.
Page 70
Cost of Revenue
The following table sets forth our cost of revenue:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
Cost of revenue |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Employee
costs |
|
$ |
42.8 |
|
|
$ |
38.9 |
|
|
$ |
3.9 |
|
Repair payments |
|
|
27.8 |
|
|
|
60.7 |
|
|
|
(32.8 |
) |
Facilities
costs |
|
|
12.3 |
|
|
|
11.8 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
Legal and
professional costs |
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
Travel costs |
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Other costs |
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenue |
|
$ |
95.4 |
|
|
$ |
122.7 |
|
|
$ |
(27.3 |
) |
As a percentage of revenue |
|
|
75.9 |
% |
|
|
81.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
The decrease in repair payments is primarily attributable to our auto claims business on account of
changes to certain client contracts and contracts with repair centers whereby the significant risk
of services and the credit risk are now borne by these clients instead of us. As a result of these
changes, we no longer account for the payments made to repair centers for cases referred by this
client as cost of revenue, which resulted in lower repair payments. The decrease was partially
offset by an increase in employee costs due to an increased in salary and a stronger Indian rupee.
The facilities costs is higher by $0.5 million on account of new facilities in Costa Rica, Mumbai
and Chennai, which is partially offset by a de-recognition of deferred rent liability of $1.0 million
resulting from significant modifications in our lease agreement for Mumbai location.
Gross Profit
The following table sets forth our gross profit:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
30.3 |
|
|
$ |
27.2 |
|
|
$ |
3.0 |
|
As a percentage of revenue |
|
|
24.1 |
% |
|
|
18.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue less repair payments |
|
|
30.9 |
% |
|
|
30.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Gross profit is higher due to higher revenue less repair payments as detailed above, partially
offset by an increase in employee cost and a stronger Indian rupee.
Selling and marketing expenses
The following table sets forth our selling and marketing expenses:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Employee
costs |
|
$ |
4.6 |
|
|
$ |
3.3 |
|
|
$ |
1.3 |
|
Other costs |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total selling and marketing expenses |
|
$ |
6.6 |
|
|
$ |
5.1 |
|
|
$ |
1.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue |
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
3.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue less repair payments |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
The increase was primarily the result of ongoing investment in the expansion of our sales team,
client partner program, and branding and marketing initiatives. We anticipate maintaining a
consistent level of investment in support of our growth strategy.
Page 71
General and administrative expenses
The following table sets forth our general and administrative expenses:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Employee
costs |
|
$ |
9.5 |
|
|
$ |
6.9 |
|
|
$ |
2.6 |
|
Other costs |
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
(3.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total general and administrative expenses |
|
$ |
12.7 |
|
|
$ |
14.1 |
|
|
$ |
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue |
|
|
10.1 |
% |
|
|
9.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue less repair payments |
|
|
13.0 |
% |
|
|
15.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
The decrease was primarily on account of cost optimization in support functions and better
operating leverage resulting in lower cost in legal and professional, facilities and other costs.
This decrease was partially offset by an increase in employee costs as a result of higher salary
including share-based compensation cost of $1.0 million.
Foreign exchange gains, net
The following table sets forth our foreign exchange gains, net:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Foreign exchange gains, net |
|
$ |
(1.3 |
) |
|
$ |
(3.0 |
) |
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
The decrease is due to lower unrealized foreign exchange gains on revaluation of assets and
liabilities.
Amortization of intangible asset
The following table sets forth our amortization of intangible assets:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Amortizations of intangible asset |
|
$ |
7.8 |
|
|
$ |
8.0 |
|
|
$ |
(0.2 |
) |
The decrease was primarily due to the complete amortization of software intangible assets acquired
in connection with the acquisition of Flovate in June 2007.
Operating profit
The following table sets forth our operating profit:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Operating profit |
|
$ |
4.4 |
|
|
$ |
3.1 |
|
|
$ |
1.2 |
|
As a percentage of revenue |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue less repair payments |
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Operating
profit increased due to higher gross profit as discussed above and
lower general and
administrative expenses, partially offset by higher selling and marketing cost and lower foreign
exchange gain.
Finance Expense
The following table sets forth our finance expense:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Finance expense |
|
$ |
1.2 |
|
|
$ |
7.5 |
|
|
$ |
6.4 |
|
Page 72
The decrease was primarily due to lower interest cost on account of the partial repayment of term
loan and a onetime cost impact of $5.1 million due to an interest rate swap unwinding charge as a
result of our term loan restructuring in fiscal first quarter of 2011.
Other (income) expense, net
The following table sets forth our other income, net:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Other income, net |
|
$ |
(0.2 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.2 |
) |
|
$ |
0.0 |
|
Provision
for income taxes
The following table sets forth our provision for income taxes:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
$ |
2.7 |
|
|
$ |
1.6 |
|
|
$ |
1.1 |
|
The increase in income tax is primarily on account of the expiry of the Software Technology Parks
of India (STPI) tax holiday period in India.
Profit / (loss)
The following table sets forth our profit/(loss):
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three month ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Change |
|
Profit / (loss) |
|
$ |
0.7 |
|
|
$ |
(5.8 |
) |
|
$ |
6.5 |
|
As a percentage of revenue |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
(3.9 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of revenue less repair payments |
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
(6.5 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
The increase in profit was primarily on account of higher revenue less repair payments, cost
management initiatives and a onetime cost impact of $5.1 million due to an interest rate swap
unwinding charge in fiscal first quarter of 2011, partially offset by higher employee cost and tax
charge on account of the expiry of the tax holiday as mentioned above.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our capital requirements are principally for debt repayment, the establishment of operations
facilities to support our growth and acquisitions. Our sources of liquidity include cash and cash
equivalents, and cash flow from operations, supplemented by equity and debt financing and bank
credit lines as required.
As at June 30, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $20.3 million. We typically seek to
invest our available cash on hand in bank deposits, and money market instruments.
As at June 30, 2011, our Indian subsidiary, WNS Global, had unsecured lines of credit of
470.0
million ($10.5 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) from The Hongkong and
Shanghai Corporation Limited and $5.0 million from BNP Paribas, interest on which would be
determined on the date of the borrowing. As at June 30, 2011,
268.5 million ($6.0 million based
on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) was utilized for working capital requirement,
14.2
million ($0.3 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) was utilized for obtaining
bank guarantees and
10.5 million ($0.2 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) was
utilized for obtaining letters of credit from the line of credit available with The Hongkong and
Shanghai Corporation Limited and $5.0 million was utilized for working capital requirements from
the lines of credit available with BNP Paribas.
In July 2008, we obtained a $200 million term loan facility to fund, together with existing cash
and cash equivalents, the AVIVA transaction. Interest on the term loan was payable on a quarterly
basis. Interest on the term loan was initially agreed at a rate equivalent to the three-month US
dollar LIBOR plus 3% per annum. Effective January 10, 2009, the interest rate was increased by
0.5% per annum. In connection with the term loan, we entered into interest rate swap with banks
covering the outstanding amount under the facility to swap the variable portion of the interest
based on US dollar LIBOR to a fixed average rate. The outstanding balance of the term loan
following prepayments and scheduled repayments made on the term loan as at July 12, 2010 was $115
million.
Page 73
On July 12, 2010 the balance of $115 million was prepaid with cash on hand and proceeds from a
term loan facility for $94 million obtained pursuant to a facility agreement dated July 2, 2010
between WNS (Mauritius) Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Hong
Kong, DBS Bank Limited, Singapore and BNP Paribas, Singapore, or the 2010 Term Loan. This 2010
Term Loan has been financed equally by all the three lenders and bears interest at a rate
equivalent to the three-month US dollar LIBOR plus a margin of 2% per annum. This term loan is
repayable in semi-annual installments of $20 million on each of January 10, 2011 and July 11,
2011 and $30 million on January 10, 2012 with the final installment of $24 million payable on
July 10, 2012. On January 10, 2011 and July 11, 2011, we made a scheduled repayment installment
of $20 million each. Following the installment repayments, the amount outstanding under the
facility was $54 million. Repayment under the facility is guaranteed by us and secured by, among
other things, pledges of shares provided by us and certain of our subsidiaries, charges over
certain of our bank accounts and a fixed and floating charge over the assets of one of our UK
subsidiaries, or the 2010 Term Loan Charge, which ranks pari passu with the UK Loan Charge (as
defined below). The facility agreement contains certain restrictive covenants on our
indebtedness, total borrowings to tangible net worth ratio, total borrowings to EBITDA ratio and
a minimum interest coverage ratio, each as defined in the facility agreement.
WNS Global Services (UK) Limited, or WNS UK, entered into a facility agreement dated June 30,
2010 with HSBC Bank plc for a secured line of credit for the £19.8 million ($31.8 million based
on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011), consisting of a £9.9 million ($15.9 million based on the
exchange rate on June 30, 2011) two year term loan facility repayable on maturity and a £9.9
million ($15.9 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) working capital facility
which has been renewed on June 30, 2011. The term loan bears interest at Bank of England base
rate plus a margin of 1.95% per annum and the working capital facility bears interest at Bank of
England base rate plus a margin of 2.45% per annum. Repayment under the facility is guaranteed by
us and secured by, among other things, pledges of shares provided by us and certain of our
subsidiaries, a charge over one of our bank accounts and a fixed and floating charge over the
assets of one of our UK subsidiaries, or the UK Loan Charge, which ranks pari passu with the 2010
Term Loan Charge. The facility agreement contains certain restrictive covenants on our
indebtedness, total borrowings to tangible net worth ratio, total borrowings to EBITDA ratio, a
minimum interest coverage ratio and a minimum current ratio, each as defined in the facility
agreement. As at June 30, 2011, £9.9 million ($15.9 million based on the exchange rate on June
30, 2011) was outstanding under the term loan facility and there was no amount outstanding
pertaining to the working capital facility.
WNS Global Services Philippines Inc. has established a $3.2 million line of credit pursuant to a
facility agreement dated September 8, 2010 with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
Limited. This facility consists of a three year term loan facility at the three-month US dollar
LIBOR plus a margin of 3% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a guarantee
provided by us and contains certain restrictive covenants on our indebtedness, total borrowings
to tangible net worth ratio, total borrowings to EBITDA ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio,
each as defined in the facility agreement. As at June 30, 2011, the amount outstanding against
the facility was $3.2 million.
We believe that our anticipated cash generated from operating activities and cash and cash
equivalents in hand will be sufficient to meet our estimated capital expenditures and financing
commitments for fiscal 2012. However, under the current extreme market conditions as discussed
under Global Market and Economic Conditions above, there can be no assurance that our
business activity would be maintained at the expected level to generate the anticipated cash
flows from operations. If the current market conditions persist or further deteriorate, we may
experience a decrease in demand for our services, resulting in our cash flows from operations
being lower than anticipated. If our cash flows from operations is lower than anticipated,
including as a result of the ongoing downturn in the market conditions or otherwise, we may need
to obtain additional financing to pursue certain of our expansion plans. Further, we may in the
future consider making acquisitions which we expect to be able to finance partly or fully from
cash generated from operating activities. If we have significant growth through acquisitions or
require additional operating facilities beyond those currently planned to service new client
contracts, we may also need to obtain additional financing. If current market conditions continue
to persist or deteriorate further, we may not be able to obtain additional financing or any such
additional financing may be available to us on unfavorable terms. An inability to pursue
additional opportunities will have a material adverse effect on our ability to maintain our
desired level of revenue growth in future periods.
In summary, our cash flows were:
(US $ in million)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended June 30, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
2.3 |
|
|
$ |
4.5 |
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
$ |
(6.7 |
) |
|
$ |
(2.7 |
) |
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
$ |
(2.6 |
) |
|
$ |
6.8 |
|
Page 74
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities were $2.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011
as compared to $4.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. The decrease in cash
provided by operating activities for the three months ended June 30, 2010 as compared to the
three months ended June 30, 2010 was attributable to a decrease in working capital changes by
$4.4 million and an increase in profit as adjusted by non-cash related items by $0.1 million. The
same was offset by a reduction in cash paid for income taxes by $0.8 million and interest paid by
$1.3 million. Cash from working capital changes decreased by $4.4 million primarily due to
changes in other current assets, accounts payable and deferred revenue, offset by changes in
accounts receivable and other current liabilities in the three months ended June 30, 2011
resulting in a net cash outflow aggregating $13.2 million as compared to $8.8 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2010. The increase in profit as adjusted for non-cash related items
by $0.1 million was primarily on account of (i) an increase of $6.5 million in profit, (ii) an
increase in share based compensation cost by $1.4 million, (iii) an increase in income tax
expense by $0.9 million and (iv) an increase in excess tax benefit on share based options
exercised by $0.4 million. This increase was partially offset by (i) a decrease in unrealized
loss on derivatives instruments by $6.5 million, (ii) a decrease in interest expense by $1.2
million, (iii) a decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses by $0.9 million, (iv) a
decrease in rent rationalization expense by $0.7 million, (v) a decrease in deferred tax credit
by $0.3 million, and (vi) a decrease in allowance for doubtful debts by $0.1 million.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities were $6.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 as
compared to cash used in investing activities of $2.7 million for the three months ended June 30,
2010. Investing activities comprised the following: (i) the capital expenditure incurred for
leasehold improvements, purchase of computers, furniture, fixtures and other office equipment
associated with expanding the capacity of our delivery centers in the three months ended June 30,
2011 was $6.7 million, which was higher by $4.0 million as compared to $2.7 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2010.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities were $2.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011, as
compared to cash provided by financing activities of $6.8 million for the three months ended June
30, 2010. Financing activities in the three months ended June 30, 2011 was primarily on account
of (i) a short term loan of $6.0 million taken by WNS Global Services Private Limited and a
repayment of $9.0 million of short term loan by WNS UK, as compared to
short term loan of $6.1 million taken by WNS Global Services Private Limited, in the three months
ended June 30, 2010, (ii) payment made towards debt issuance cost in WNS (Mauritius) Limited was
lower by $0.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the three months
ended June 30, 2010 and (iii) proceeds received towards shares issued was lower by $0.4 million
for the three months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2010.
Tax Assessment Orders
Transfer pricing regulations to which we are subject require that any international transaction
among WNS and its subsidiaries, or the WNS group enterprises, be on arms-length terms. We
believe that the international transactions among the WNS group enterprises are on arms-length
terms. If, however, the applicable tax authorities determine the transactions among the WNS group
enterprises do not meet arms length criteria, we may incur increased tax liability, including
accrued interest and penalties. This would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly
materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows. The applicable tax authorities may
also disallow deductions or tax holiday benefits claimed by us and assess additional taxable
income on us in connection with their review of our tax returns.
From time to time, we receive orders of assessment from the Indian tax authorities assessing
additional taxable income on us and/or our subsidiaries in connection with their review of our
tax returns. We currently have a few orders of assessment outstanding and are vigorously
disputing those assessments. We have described below assessment orders that we believe could be
material to our company given the magnitude of the claim. In case of disputes, the Indian tax
authorities may require us to deposit with them all or a portion of the disputed amount pending
resolution of the matter on appeal. Any amount paid by us as deposits will be refunded to us with
interest if we succeed in our appeals.
Page 75
In January 2009, we received an order of assessment from the Indian tax authorities that assessed
additional taxable income for fiscal 2005 on WNS Global, our wholly-owned Indian subsidiary, that
could give rise to an estimated
728.1 million ($16.3 million based on the exchange rate on June
30, 2011) in additional taxes, including interest of
225.9 million ($5 million based on the
exchange rate on June 30, 2011). The assessment order alleges that the transfer price we applied
to international transactions between WNS Global and our other
wholly-owned subsidiaries was not appropriate, disallows certain expenses claimed as tax
deductible by WNS Global and disallows a tax holiday benefit claimed by us. In March 2009, we
deposited
10.0 million ($0.2 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) with the
Indian tax authorities pending resolution of the dispute. The first level Indian appellate
authorities have ruled in our favor in our dispute against an assessment order assessing
additional taxable income for fiscal 2004 on WNS Global based on similar allegations on transfer
pricing and tax deductibility of similar expenses and overturned the assessment. The Indian tax
authorities contested the first level Indian appellate authorities ruling before the second
level appellate authorities and resolution of the dispute is pending. We disputed the order of
assessment for fiscal 2005 before the first level Indian appellate authorities. In November 2010,
we received the order from the first level Indian appellate authorities in respect of the
assessment order for fiscal 2005 deciding the issues in our favor. However, the order has been
contested before second level appellate authorities by the Indian tax authorities and resolution
of the dispute is pending.
In November 2009, we received a draft order of assessment from the Indian tax authorities
(incorporating the transfer pricing order that we had received on October 31, 2009) for fiscal
2006. We had disputed the draft order of assessment before Dispute Resolution Panel, or DRP, a
panel set up by the Government of India as an alternative to first appellate authority. In
September 2010, we have received the DRP Order as well as the order of assessment giving effect
to DRP order that assessed additional taxable income on WNS Global that could give rise to an
estimated
457.3 million ($10.2 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) in
additional taxes, including interest of
160.4 million ($3.6 million based on the exchange rate
on June 30, 2011). The assessment order involves issues similar to that alleged in the order for
fiscal 2005. Further, in September 2010, we have also received the DRP Orders as well as the
orders of assessment giving effect to DRP orders in case of our certain other Indian subsidiaries
assessed for tax in India, that assessed additional taxable income for fiscal 2006 that could
give rise to an estimated
273.2 million ($6.1 million based on the exchange rate on June 30,
2011) in additional taxes, including interest of
95.4 million ($2.1 million based on the
exchange rate on June 30, 2011). The DRP orders as well as assessment orders alleges that the
transfer price we applied to international transactions with our related parties were not
appropriate and taxed certain receipts claimed by us as not taxable. In March 2011, we deposited
8.0 million ($0.2 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) with the Indian tax
authorities pending resolution of the dispute. We have disputed these orders before higher
appellate tax authorities.
In February 2011, we received the order of assessment for fiscal 2007 from the Indian tax
authorities (incorporating a transfer pricing order that we had received in November 2010) that
assessed additional taxable income on WNS Global that could give rise to an estimated
854.4
million ($19.1 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) in additional taxes,
including interest of
277.3 million ($6.2 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011).
In March 2011, we deposited
30.0 million ($0.7 million based on the exchange rate on June 30,
2011) with the Indian tax authorities pending resolution of the dispute. Further, in February
2011, we also received the orders of assessment, relating to certain of our other subsidiaries
assessed for tax in India, that assessed additional taxable income for fiscal 2007 that could
give rise to an estimated
462.7 million ($10.3 million based on the exchange rate on June 30,
2011) in additional taxes, including interest of
145.6 million ($3.3 million based on the
exchange rate on June 30, 2011). In March 2011, we separately deposited
40.5 million ($0.9
million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) with the Indian tax authorities pending
resolution of the dispute. The orders of assessment involve issues similar to that alleged in the
orders for fiscal 2005 and 2006. We have disputed the said orders of assessment before first
level Indian appellate authorities.
Based on certain favorable decision from appellate authorities in previous years, certain legal
opinions from counsel and after consultation with the Indian tax advisors, we believe that the
chances of the aforementioned assessments, upon challenge, being sustained at the higher
appellate authorities are remote and we intend to vigorously dispute the assessments and order.
We have deposited a small portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities and may be
required to deposit the remaining portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities pending
final resolution of the respective matters.
In March 2009, we received from the Indian service tax authority an assessment order demanding
payment of
346.2 million ($7.7 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) of service
tax and related penalty for the period from March 1, 2003 to January 31, 2005. The assessment
order alleges that service tax is payable in India on BPO services provided by us to clients. In
April 2009, we filed an appeal to the appellate tribunal against the assessment order and
the appeal is currently pending. After consultation with the Indian tax advisors, we believe the
chances that the assessment would be upheld against us are remote. We intend to continue to
vigorously dispute the assessment.
No assurance can be given, however, that we will prevail in our tax disputes. If we do not
prevail, payment of additional taxes, interest and penalties may adversely affect our results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows. There can also be no assurance that we will not
receive similar or additional orders of assessment in the future.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
General
Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial instruments including foreign
currency receivables and payables. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of
changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices
and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments.
Our exposure to market risk is primarily a function of our revenue generating activities and any
future borrowings in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid
excessive exposure of our earnings to loss. Most of our exposure to market risk arises from our
revenue and expenses that are denominated in different currencies.
Page 76
The following risk management discussion and the estimated amounts generated from analytical
techniques are forward-looking statements of market risk assuming certain market conditions
occur. Our actual results in the future may differ materially from these projected results due to
actual developments in the global financial markets.
Risk Management Procedures
We manage market risk through our treasury operations. Our senior management and our board of
directors approve our treasury operations objectives and policies. The activities of our
treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementation of hedging strategies
for foreign currency exposures, implementation of borrowing strategies and monitoring compliance
with market risk limits and policies. Our foreign exchange committee, comprising the Chairman of
the Board, our Group Chief Executive Officer and our Group Chief Financial Officer, is the
approving authority for all our hedging transactions.
Components of Market Risk
Exchange Rate Risk
Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Although substantially
all of our revenue less repair payments is denominated in pound sterling, US dollars and Euros, a
significant portion of our expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011 (net of payments to
repair centers made as part of our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment) were incurred and paid in Indian
rupees. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar have
changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. We hedge a
portion of our foreign currency exposures.
Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency-denominated receivables. Based
upon our level of operations for the three months ended June 30, 2011, a sensitivity analysis
shows that a 10.0% appreciation in the pound sterling against the US dollar would have increased
revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2011 by approximately $5.4 million. Similarly, a
10.0% appreciation in the Indian rupee against the US dollar would have increased expenses
incurred and paid in Indian rupee for the three months ended June 30, 2011 by approximately $1.5
million.
To protect against exchange gains (losses) on forecasted inter-company revenue, we have
instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge a part of our forecasted
external and inter-company revenue denominated in foreign currencies with forward and option
contracts.
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to interest rate risk arises principally from our borrowings which has a floating
rate of interest, a portion of which is linked to the US dollar LIBOR and the balance of which is
linked to the Bank of England base rate. The costs of floating rate borrowings may be affected by
the fluctuations in the interest rates. In connection with the term loan facility entered into in
2008, which we refinanced in 2010, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with banks in
fiscal 2009. These swap agreements effectively converted the term loan from a variable US dollar
LIBOR interest rate to a fixed rate, thereby managing our exposure to changes in market interest
rates under the term loan. The outstanding swap agreements as of June 30, 2011 aggregated $74
million. Pursuant to our scheduled repayment installment of $20 million under the term loan
facility on July 11, 2011, the amount outstanding under the swap agreements aggregated $54
million. Our use of derivative instruments is limited to effective fixed and floating interest
rate swap agreements used to manage well-defined interest rate risk exposures.
We monitor our positions and do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties. We intend
to selectively use interest rate swaps, options and other derivative instruments to manage our
exposure to interest rate movements. These exposures will be reviewed by appropriate levels of
management on a periodic basis. We do not enter into hedging agreements for speculative purposes.
Page 77
Part III Risk Factors
This report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of a number of factors, including those described in the following risk factors and
elsewhere in this report. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could suffer and the trading price of our ADSs could decline.
Risks Related to Our Business
The global economic conditions have been challenging and have had, and continue to have, an adverse
effect on the financial markets and the economy in general, which has had, and may continue to
have, a material adverse effect on our business, our financial performance and the prices of our
equity shares and ADSs.
In Asia, Europe and the United States, market and economic conditions have been challenging with
tighter credit conditions and slower growth since fiscal 2009. Since fiscal 2009 and continuing
into fiscal 2012, continued concerns about the systemic impact of inflation, energy costs,
geopolitical issues, and the availability and cost of credit have contributed to increased market
volatility and diminished expectations for the economy globally. These conditions, combined with
volatile oil prices, declining business and consumer confidence and
increased unemployment, have,
since fiscal 2009 and continuing into fiscal 2012, contributed to extreme volatility.
These economic conditions may affect our business in a number of ways. The general level of
economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending, could result in a decrease
in demand for our services, thus reducing our revenue. The cost and availability of credit has been
and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads.
Continued turbulence in the US and international markets and economies may adversely affect our
liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. If
these market conditions continue or worsen, they may limit our ability to access financing or increase our
cost of financing to meet liquidity needs, and affect the ability of our customers to use credit to
purchase our services or to make timely payments to us, resulting in adverse effects on our
financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, a weakening of the rate of exchange for
the US dollar or the pound sterling (in which our revenue is principally denominated) against the
Indian rupee (in which a significant portion of our costs are denominated) also adversely affects
our results. Fluctuations between the pound sterling or the Indian rupee and the US dollar also
expose us to translation risk when transactions denominated in pound sterling or Indian rupees are
translated to US dollars, our reporting currency. For example, the average pound sterling/US dollar
exchange rate for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 depreciated 2.6%, 7.2% and 14.3%, respectively, as
compared to the average exchange rate for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which adversely
impacted our results of operations. Uncertainty about current global economic conditions could also
continue to increase the volatility of our share price. We cannot predict the timing or duration of
the economic slowdown or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery generally or in
our targeted industries, including the travel and insurance industry. If macroeconomic conditions
worsens or the current global economic condition continues for a prolonged period of time, we are
not able to predict the impact such worsening conditions will have on our targeted industries in
general, and our results of operations specifically.
A few major clients account for a significant portion of our revenue and any loss of business from
these clients could reduce our revenue and significantly harm our business.
We have derived and believe that we will continue to derive in the near term a significant portion
of our revenue from a limited number of large clients. In fiscal 2011 and 2010, our five largest
clients accounted for 54.3% and 53.0% of our revenue and 41.1% and 45.1% of our revenue less repair
payments, respectively. In fiscal 2011, our three largest clients individually accounted for 16.4%,
13.2% and 12.2%, respectively, of our revenue as compared to 15.5%, 13.4% and 12.6%, respectively,
in fiscal 2010. In fiscal 2011, our largest client, AVIVA, individually accounted for 20.4% of our
revenue less repair payments compared to 23.1% in fiscal 2010.
First Magnus Financial Corporation, or FMFC, a US mortgage lender, was one of our major clients
from November 2005 to August 2007. FMFC was a major client of Trinity Partners which we acquired in
November 2005 from the First Magnus Group. In August 2007, FMFC filed a voluntary petition for
relief under Chapter 11 of the US Bankruptcy Code. In fiscal 2007, FMFC accounted for 4.3% of our
revenue and 6.8% of our revenue less repair payments. The loss of revenue from FMFC materially
reduced our revenue in fiscal 2008.
Our prior contracts with another major client, Aviva International Holdings Limited, or AVIVA,
provided Aviva Global, which was AVIVAs business process offshoring subsidiary, options to require
us to transfer the relevant projects and operations of our facilities at Sri Lanka and Pune, India
to Aviva Global. On January 1, 2007, Aviva Global exercised its call option requiring us to
transfer the Sri Lanka facility to Aviva Global effective July 2, 2007. Effective July 2, 2007, we
transferred the Sri Lanka facility to Aviva Global and we lost the revenue generated by the Sri
Lanka facility. For the period from April 1, 2007 through July 2, 2007, the Sri Lanka facility
contributed $2.0 million of revenue and in fiscal 2007, it accounted for 1.9% of our revenue and
3.0% of our revenue less repair payments. We may, in the future, enter into contracts with other
clients with similar call options that may result in the loss of revenue that may have a material
impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, particularly
during the quarter in which the option takes effect.
We have, through our acquisition of Aviva Global in July 2008, resumed control of the Sri Lanka
facility and we have continued to retain ownership of the Pune facility. We expect these facilities
to continue to generate revenue for us under our master services agreement with AVIVA MS. Further,
through our acquisition of Aviva Global, we also added three facilities in Bangalore, Chennai and
Pune. We expect revenue from AVIVA under the AVIVA master services agreement to account for a
significant portion of our revenue. We therefore expect our dependence on AVIVA to continue for the
foreseeable future. The AVIVA master services agreement provides for a committed amount of volume.
However, notwithstanding the minimum volume commitment, there are also terminations at will
provisions which permit AVIVA to terminate the agreement without cause with 180 days notice upon
payment of a termination fee. These termination provisions dilute the impact of the minimum volume
commitment.
Page 78
In addition, the volume of work performed for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year,
particularly since we may not be the exclusive outside service provider for our clients. Thus, a
major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenue in any subsequent year. The loss
of some or all of the business of any large client could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. A number of factors other than
our performance could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenue from a client, and
these factors are not predictable.
For example, a client may demand price reductions, change its outsourcing strategy or move work
in-house. A client may also be acquired by a company with a different outsourcing strategy that
intends to switch to another business process outsourcing service provider or return work in-house.
Our revenue is highly dependent on clients concentrated in a few industries, as well as clients
located primarily in Europe and the United States. Economic slowdowns or factors that affect these
industries or the economic environment in Europe or the United States could reduce our revenue and
seriously harm our business.
A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the banking, financial services and
insurance, or BFSI, industry, and the travel and leisure industry. In fiscal 2011 and 2010, 66.5%
and 65.4% of our revenue, respectively, and 44.2% and 48.4% of our revenue less repair payments,
respectively, were derived from clients in the BFSI industry. During the same periods, clients in
the travel and leisure industry contributed 13.8% and 16.3% of our revenue, respectively, and 23.0%
and 24.3% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively. Our business and growth largely depend
on continued demand for our services from clients in these industries and other industries that we
may target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries to outsource business processes.
Since the second half of fiscal 2009, there has been a significant slowdown in the growth of the
global economy accompanied by a significant reduction in consumer and business spending worldwide.
Certain of our targeted industries are especially vulnerable to the crisis in the financial and
credit markets or to the economic downturn. A downturn in any of our targeted industries,
particularly the BFSI or travel and leisure industries, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to
outsource business processes in any of these industries or the introduction of regulation which
restricts or discourages companies from outsourcing could result in a decrease in the demand for
our services and adversely affect our results of operations. For example, as a result of the
mortgage market crisis, in August 2007, FMFC, a US mortgage services client, filed a voluntary
petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the US Bankruptcy Code. FMFC was a major client of Trinity
Partners which we acquired in November 2005 from the First Magnus Group and became one of our major
clients. In fiscal 2008 and 2007, FMFC accounted for 1.0% and 4.3% of our revenue, respectively,
and 1.4% and 6.8% of our revenue less repair payments, respectively. The downturn in the mortgage
market could result in a further decrease in the demand for our services and adversely affect our
results of our operations.
Further, since the second half of fiscal 2009, the downturn in worldwide economic and business
conditions has resulted in a few of our clients reducing or postponing their outsourced business
requirements, which have in turn decreased the demand for our services and adversely affected our
results of operations. In particular, our revenue is highly dependent on the economic environment
in Europe and the United States, which continues to be weak. In fiscal 2011 and 2010, 76.8% and
74.9% of our revenue, respectively, and 61.3% and 62.6% of our revenue less repair payments,
respectively, were derived from clients located in Europe. During the same periods, 22.2% and 24.5%
of our revenue, respectively, and 37.0% and 36.5% of our revenue less repair payments,
respectively, were derived from clients located in North America (primarily the United States). Any
further weakening of the European or United States economy will likely have a further adverse
impact on our revenue.
Other developments may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services in these industries.
For example, the crisis in the financial and credit markets in the United States has led to a
significant change in the financial services industry in the United States in recent years, with
the United States federal government taking over or providing financial support to leading
financial institutions and with leading investment banks going bankrupt or being forced to sell
themselves in distressed circumstances. Significant changes in the financial services industry or
any of the other industries on which we focus, or a consolidation in any of these industries or
acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may decrease the potential number of buyers of
our services. Any significant reduction in or the elimination of the use of the services we provide
within any of these industries would result in reduced revenue and harm our business. Our clients
may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on
their profitability. Although such pressures can encourage outsourcing as a cost reduction measure,
they may also result in increasing pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our
prices which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows.
We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations,
as competition for highly skilled personnel is significant and we experience significant employee
attrition. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The business process outsourcing industry relies on large numbers of skilled employees, and our
success depends to a significant extent on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified
employees. The business process outsourcing industry, including our company,
experiences high employee attrition. During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the attrition rate for our
employees who have completed six months of employment with us was 43%, 32% and 31%, respectively.
We cannot assure you that our attrition rate will not continue to increase. There is significant
competition in the jurisdictions wherever we have operation centers, including India, the
Philippines and Sri Lanka, for professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we
offer to our clients. Increased competition for these professionals, in the business process
outsourcing industry or otherwise, could have an adverse effect on us. A significant increase in
the attrition rate among employees with specialized skills could decrease our operating efficiency
and productivity and could lead to a decline in demand for our services.
Page 79
In addition, our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements and obtain new businesses will
depend largely on our ability to attract, train and retain personnel with skills that enable us to
keep pace with growing demands for outsourcing, evolving industry standards and changing client
preferences. Our failure either to attract, train and retain personnel with the qualifications
necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new employees
successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not
be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent or detect fraud. As a result, current
and potential investors could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which could harm our
business and have an adverse effect on our stock price.
Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable
financial reports. The effective internal controls together with adequate disclosure controls and
procedures are designed to prevent or detect fraud. Deficiencies in our internal controls may
adversely affect our managements ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data
on a timely basis. As a public company, we are required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 to include a report of managements assessment on our internal control over financial
reporting and an auditors attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting in
our annual report on Form 20-F.
Based on its evaluation, management had concluded that as at March 31, 2010, our companys
disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting were not effective
due to a material weakness identified in the design and operating effectiveness of our controls
over the recognition and accrual of repair payments to garages and the related fees in our Auto
Claims BPO segment. In fiscal 2011, we implemented remediation measures to address the material
weakness. Although management concluded that our companys disclosure controls and procedures and
internal control over financial reporting were effective as at March 31, 2011, it is possible that
in the future, material weaknesses could be identified in our internal controls over financial
reporting and we could be required to further implement remedial measures. If we fail to maintain
effective disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting, we could
lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could
have a material adverse effect on our stock price.
Any changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we
report our financial results.
We have
adopted IFRS, as issued by IASB with effect from April 1, 2011. From time to time, IASB changes
its standards that govern the preparation of our financial
statements. For example, IASB has proposed amendments to hedge
accounting that can significantly change the way option contracts are accounted
for. There is no assurance that the amendments will be adopted as
proposed or at all or on the timing of any such amendments. Changes
in accounting standards are difficult to anticipate and can significantly impact our financial condition
and the results of our operations.
We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth and maintain effective internal controls,
which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations and financial
condition.
Since we were founded in April 1996, and especially since Warburg Pincus & Co., or Warburg Pincus,
acquired a controlling stake in our company in May 2002, we have experienced rapid growth and
significantly expanded our operations. Our revenue has grown at a compound annual growth rate of
15.6% to $616.3 million in fiscal 2011 from $345.4 million in fiscal 2007. Our revenue less repair
payments has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 13.9% to $369.4 million in fiscal 2011 from
$219.6 million in fiscal 2007. Our employees have increased to 21,523 as at March 31, 2011 from
15,084 as at March 31, 2007. In January 2008, we established a new delivery center in Romania,
which we expanded in fiscal year 2011. Our majority owned subsidiary, WNS Philippines Inc.,
established a delivery center in the Philippines in April 2008, which it expanded in fiscal 2010.
Additionally, in fiscal 2010, we established a new delivery center in Costa Rica and streamlined
our operations by consolidating our production capacities in various delivery centers in Bangalore,
Mumbai and Pune. We now have delivery centers in six locations in India, the Philippines, Sri
Lanka, the UK, Romania and Costa Rica. In fiscal 2012, we intend to establish additional delivery
centers, as well as continue to streamline our operations by further consolidating production
capacities in our delivery centers. In February 2011, we received in-principal approval for the
allotment of a piece of land on lease for a term of 99 years, measuring 5 acres in Tiruchirapalli
Navalpattu, special economic zone, or SEZ, in the state of Tamil Nadu, India from Electronics
Corporation of Tamil Nadu Limited (ELCOT) for setting up delivery centers in future.
We have also completed numerous acquisitions. For example, in July 2008, we entered into a
transaction with AVIVA consisting of (1) a share sale and purchase agreement pursuant to which we
acquired from AVIVA all the shares of Aviva Global and (2) a master services agreement with AVIVA
MS pursuant to which we are providing BPO services to AVIVAs UK business and AVIVAs Irish
subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates. Aviva Global was the
business process offshoring subsidiary of AVIVA. Through our acquisition of Aviva Global, we also
added three facilities in Bangalore, Chennai and Sri Lanka in July 2008, and one facility in Pune
in August 2008.
This rapid growth places significant demands on our management and operational resources. In order
to manage growth effectively, we must implement and improve operational systems, procedures and
internal controls on a timely basis. If we fail to implement these systems,
procedures and controls on a timely basis, we may not be able to service our clients needs, hire
and retain new employees, pursue new business, complete future acquisitions or operate our business
effectively. Failure to effectively transfer new client business to our delivery centers, properly
budget transfer costs or accurately estimate operational costs associated with new contracts could
result in delays in executing client contracts, trigger service level penalties or cause our profit
margins not to meet our expectations or our historical profit margins. As a result of any of these
problems associated with expansion, our business, results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
Page 80
We may not be successful in achieving the expected benefits from our transaction with AVIVA in July
2008, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows. Furthermore, the term loan that we have incurred to fund the transaction
may put a strain on our financial position.
In July 2008, we entered into a transaction with AVIVA consisting of (1) a share sale and purchase
agreement pursuant to which we acquired all the shares of Aviva Global and (2) the AVIVA master
services agreement pursuant to which we are providing BPO services to AVIVAs UK business and
AVIVAs Irish subsidiary, Hibernian Aviva Direct Limited, and certain of its affiliates. We
completed our acquisition of Aviva Global in July 2008. Aviva Global was the business process
offshoring subsidiary of AVIVA with facilities in Bangalore, India, and Colombo, Sri Lanka. In
addition, through our acquisition of Aviva Global, we also acquired three facilities in Chennai,
Bangalore and Sri Lanka in July 2008, and one facility in Pune in August 2008. The total
consideration (including legal and professional fees) for this transaction with AVIVA amounted to
approximately $249.0 million. We entered into a $200 million term loan facility with ICICI Bank UK
Plc, or the 2008 Term Loan, as agent, to fund, together with cash on hand, the consideration for
the transaction. In July 2010, we refinanced the outstanding $115 million amount under this
facility with cash on hand and proceeds from a new term loan facility for $94 million, or the 2010
Term Loan, pursuant to a facility agreement dated July 2, 2010 with The Hongkong and Shanghai
Banking Corporation Limited, Hong Kong, DBS Bank Limited, Singapore and BNP Paribas, Singapore. See
Part II Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital
Resources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to grow our revenue, expand our service
offerings and market share, or achieve the accretive benefits that we expected from our acquisition
of Aviva Global and the AVIVA master services agreement.
Furthermore, the 2010 Term Loan may put a strain on our financial position. For example:
|
|
it could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; |
|
|
|
it could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on the 2010 Term Loan,
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditure, working capital and other general
corporate purposes; |
|
|
|
it requires us to seek lenders consent prior to paying dividends on our ordinary shares; |
|
|
|
it limits our ability to incur additional borrowings or raise additional financing through equity or debt instruments; and |
|
|
|
it imposes certain financial covenants on us which we may not be able to meet and this may cause the lenders to
accelerate the repayment of the balance loan outstanding. |
The international nature of our business exposes us to several risks, such as significant currency
fluctuations and unexpected changes in the regulatory requirements of multiple jurisdictions.
We have operations in Costa Rica, India, the Philippines, Romania, Sri Lanka, the UK, the US, and
we service clients across Asia, Europe, and North America. Our corporate structure also spans
multiple jurisdictions, with our parent holding company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands,
and intermediate and operating subsidiaries incorporated in Australia, China, Costa Rica, India,
Mauritius, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Romania, Singapore, Sri Lanka, UAE, the UK and the US.
As a result, we are exposed to risks typically associated with conducting business internationally,
many of which are beyond our control. These risks include:
|
|
significant currency fluctuations between the US dollar and the pound
sterling (in which our revenue is principally denominated) and the
Indian rupee (in which a significant portion of our costs are
denominated); |
|
|
|
legal uncertainty owing to the overlap of different legal regimes, and
problems in asserting contractual or other rights across international
borders; |
Page 81
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences, such as scrutiny of transfer pricing arrangements by
authorities in the countries in which we operate; |
|
|
|
potential tariffs and other trade barriers; |
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; |
|
|
|
the burden and expense of complying with the laws and regulations of various jurisdictions; and |
|
|
|
terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war. |
The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition.
Currency fluctuations among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Although substantially all of our revenue is denominated in pound sterling or US dollars, a
significant portion of our expenses (other than payments to repair centers, which are primarily
denominated in pound sterling) are incurred and paid in Indian rupees. We report our financial
results in US dollars and our results of operations would be adversely affected if the Indian rupee
appreciates against the US dollar or the pound sterling depreciates against the US dollar. The
exchange rates between the Indian rupee and the US dollar and between the pound sterling and the US
dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future.
The average Indian rupee/US dollar exchange rate was approximately 45.57 per $1.00 in fiscal 2011,
which represented an appreciation of the Indian rupee of 4.0% as compared with the average exchange
rate of approximately 47.46 per $1.00 in fiscal 2010, which in turn represented a depreciation of
the Indian rupee of 3.0% as compared with the average exchange rate of approximately 46.10 per
$1.00 in fiscal 2009. The average pound sterling/US dollar exchange rate was approximately £0.64
per $1.00 in fiscal 2011, which represented a depreciation of the pound sterling of 2.6% as
compared with the average exchange rate of approximately £0.63 per $1.00 in fiscal 2010, which in
turn represented a depreciation of the pound sterling of 7.2% as compared with the average exchange
rate of approximately £0.58 per $1.00 in fiscal 2009.
Our results of operations may be adversely affected if the Indian rupee appreciates significantly
against the pound sterling or the US dollar or if the pound sterling depreciates against the US
dollar. We hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposures using options and forward contracts.
We cannot assure you that our hedging strategy will be successful or will mitigate our exposure to
currency risk.
Our business may not develop in ways that we currently anticipate due to negative public reaction
to offshore outsourcing, proposed legislation or otherwise.
We have based our strategy of future growth on certain assumptions regarding our industry, services
and future demand in the market for such services. However, the trend to outsource business
processes may not continue and could reverse. Offshore outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic
in the UK, the US and elsewhere. For example, many organizations and public figures in the UK and
the US have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing
providers and the loss of jobs in their home countries.
Such concerns have led to proposed measures in the United States, including in connection with the
Troubled Asset Relief Program, that are aimed at limiting or restricting outsourcing. There is also
legislation that has been enacted or is pending at the State level in the United States, with
regard to limiting outsourcing. The measures that have been enacted to date are generally directed
at restricting the ability of government agencies to outsource work to offshore business service
providers. These measures have not had a significant effect on our business because governmental
agencies are not a focus of our operations. However, it is possible that legislation could be
adopted that would restrict US private sector companies that have federal or state governmental
contracts from outsourcing their services to offshore service providers or that could have an
adverse impact on the economics of outsourcing for private companies in the US. Such legislation
could have an adverse impact on our business with US clients.
Such concerns have also led the United Kingdom and other European Union, or EU, jurisdictions to
enact regulations which allow employees who are dismissed as a result of transfer of services,
which may include outsourcing to non-UK/EU companies, to seek compensation either from the company
from which they were dismissed or from the company to which the work was transferred. This could
discourage EU companies from outsourcing work offshore and/or could result in increased operating
costs for us.
Page 82
In addition, there has been publicity about the negative experiences, such as theft and
misappropriation of sensitive client data, of various companies that use offshore outsourcing,
particularly in India. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform such services themselves
or may be discouraged from transferring these services from onshore to offshore providers to avoid
negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore provider. Any slowdown or
reversal of existing industry trends towards offshore outsourcing would seriously harm our ability
to compete effectively with competitors that operate out of facilities located in the UK or the US.
Our senior management team and other key team members in our business units are critical to our
continued success and the loss of such personnel could harm our business.
Our future success substantially depends on the performance of the members of our senior management
team and other key team members in each of our business units. These personnel possess technical
and business capabilities including domain expertise that are difficult to replace. There is
intense competition for experienced senior management and personnel with technical and industry
expertise in the business process outsourcing industry, and we may not be able to retain our key
personnel. Although we have entered into employment contracts with our executive officers, certain
terms of those agreements may not be enforceable and in any event these agreements do not ensure
the continued service of these executive officers. In the event of a loss of any key personnel,
there is no assurance that we will be able to find suitable replacements for our key personnel
within a reasonable time. The loss of key members of our senior management or other key team
members, particularly to competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results
of operations, financial condition and cash flows. A loss of several members of our senior
management at the same time or within a short period may lead to a disruption in the business of
our company, which could materially adversely affect our performance.
Wage increases may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit
margin.
Salaries and related benefits of our operations staff and other employees in India are among our
most significant costs. Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage
costs in the US and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, which has been one of our
competitive advantages. However, rapid economic growth in India, increased demand for business
process outsourcing to India, and increased competition for skilled employees in India may reduce
this competitive advantage. In addition, if the US dollar or the pound sterling declines in value
against the Indian rupee, wages in the US or the UK will further decrease relative to wages in
India, which may further reduce our competitive advantage. We may need to increase our levels of
employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive in attracting the
quantity and quality of employees that our business requires. Wage increases may reduce our profit
margins and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows.
Further, following our acquisitions of Aviva Global, Business Application Associates Limited, or
BizAps, and Chang Limited, our operations in the UK have expanded and our wage costs for employees
located in the UK now represent a larger proportion of our total wage costs. Wage increases in the
UK may therefore also reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and cash flows.
Our operating results may differ from period to period, which may make it difficult for us to
prepare accurate internal financial forecasts and respond in a timely manner to offset such period
to period fluctuations.
Our operating results may differ significantly from period to period due to factors such as client
losses, variations in the volume of business from clients resulting from changes in our clients
operations, the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services, delays or
difficulties in expanding our operational facilities and infrastructure, changes to our pricing
structure or that of our competitors, inaccurate estimates of resources and time required to
complete ongoing projects, currency fluctuation and seasonal changes in the operations of our
clients. For example, our clients in the travel and leisure industry experience seasonal changes in
their operations in connection with the year-end holiday season, as well as episodic factors such
as adverse weather conditions. Transaction volumes can be impacted by market conditions affecting
the travel and insurance industries, including natural disasters, outbreak of infectious diseases
or other serious public health concerns in Asia or elsewhere (such as the outbreak of the Influenza
A (H1N1) virus in various parts of the world) and terrorist attacks. In addition, our contracts do
not generally commit our clients to providing us with a specific volume of business.
In addition, the long sales cycle for our services, which typically ranges from three to 12 months,
and the internal budget and approval processes of our prospective clients make it difficult to
predict the timing of new client engagements. Revenue is recognized upon actual provision of
services and when the criteria for recognition are achieved. Accordingly, the financial benefit of
gaining a new client may be delayed due to delays in the implementation of our services. These
factors may make it difficult for us to prepare accurate internal financial forecasts or replace
anticipated revenue that we do not receive as a result of those delays. Due to the above factors,
it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results may be significantly below the
expectations of the public market, analysts and investors.
Page 83
Employee strikes and other labor-related disruptions may adversely affect our operations.
Our business depends on a large number of employees executing client operations. Strikes or labor
disputes with our employees at our delivery centers may adversely affect our ability to conduct
business. Our employees are not unionized, although they may in the future form unions. We cannot
assure you that there will not be any strike, lock out or material labor dispute in the future.
Work interruptions or stoppages could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our business could result in us being unable to
effectively perform our services. Failure to adhere to regulations that govern our clients
businesses could result in breaches of contract with our clients.
Our clients business operations are subject to certain rules and regulations such as the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and Health
Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act in the US and the Financial Services
Act in the UK. Our clients may contractually require that we perform our services in a manner that
would enable them to comply with such rules and regulations. Failure to perform our services in
such a manner could result in breaches of contract with our clients and, in some limited
circumstances, civil fines and criminal penalties for us. In addition, we are required under
various Indian laws to obtain and maintain permits and licenses for the conduct of our business. If
we fail to comply with any applicable rules or regulations, or if we do not maintain our licenses
or other qualifications to provide our services, we may not be able to provide services to existing
clients or be able to attract new clients and could lose revenue, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business.
Our clients may terminate contracts before completion or choose not to renew contracts which could
adversely affect our business and reduce our revenue.
The terms of our client contracts typically range from three to eight years. Many of our client
contracts can be terminated by our clients with or without cause, with three to six months notice
and, in most cases, without penalty. The termination of a substantial percentage of these contracts
could adversely affect our business and reduce our revenue. Contracts that will expire on or before
March 31, 2012 (including work orders/statement of works that will expire on or before March 31,
2012 although the related master services agreement has been renewed) represent approximately 11%
of our revenue and 18% of our revenue less repair payments from our clients in fiscal 2011. Failure
to meet contractual requirements could result in cancellation or non-renewal of a contract. Some of
our contracts may be terminated by the client if certain of our key personnel working on the client
project leave our employment and we are unable to find suitable replacements. In addition, a
contract termination or significant reduction in work assigned to us by a major client could cause
us to experience a higher than expected number of unassigned employees, which would increase our
cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue until we are able to reduce or reallocate our headcount.
We may not be able to replace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with
us, which would adversely affect our business and revenue.
Some of our client contracts contain provisions which, if triggered, could result in lower future
revenue and have an adverse effect on our business.
In many of our client contracts, we agree to include certain provisions which provide for downward
revision of our prices under certain circumstances. For example, certain contracts allow a client
in certain limited circumstances to request a benchmark study comparing our pricing and performance
with that of an agreed list of other service providers for comparable services. Based on the
results of the study and depending on the reasons for any unfavorable variance, we may be required
to make improvements in the service we provide or to reduce the pricing for services to be
performed under the remaining term of the contract. Some of our contracts also provide that, during
the term of the contract and for a certain period thereafter ranging from six to twelve months, we
may not provide similar services to certain or any of their competitors using the same personnel.
These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in
the same industry, which may result in lower future revenue and profitability.
Some of our contracts specify that if a change in control of our company occurs during the term of
the contract, the client has the right to terminate the contract. These provisions may result in
our contracts being terminated if there is such a change in control, resulting in a potential loss
of revenue. Some of our client contracts also contain provisions
that would require us to pay penalties to our clients if we do not meet pre-agreed service level
requirements. Failure to meet these requirements could result in the payment of significant
penalties by us to our clients which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, results
of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Page 84
We enter into long-term contracts with our clients, and our failure to estimate the resources and
time required for our contracts may negatively affect our profitability.
The terms of our client contracts typically range from three to eight years. In many of our
contracts, we commit to long-term pricing with our clients and therefore bear the risk of cost
overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection with these contracts. If we fail to
estimate accurately the resources and time required for a contract, future wage inflation rates or
currency exchange rates, or if we fail to complete our contractual obligations within the
contracted timeframe, our revenue and profitability may be negatively affected. Some of our client
contracts do not allow us to terminate the contracts except in the case of non-payment by our
client. If any contract turns out to be economically non-viable for us, we may still be liable to
continue to provide services under the contract.
Our profitability will suffer if we are not able to maintain our pricing and asset utilization
levels and control our costs.
Our profit margin, and therefore our profitability, is largely a function of our asset utilization
and the rates we are able to recover for our services. An important component of our asset
utilization is our seat utilization rate which is the average number of work shifts per day, out of
a maximum of three, for which we are able to utilize our work stations, or seats. If we are not
able to maintain the pricing for our services or an appropriate seat utilization rate, without
corresponding cost reductions, our profitability will suffer. The rates we are able to recover for
our services are affected by a number of factors, including our clients perceptions of our ability
to add value through our services, competition, introduction of new services or products by us or
our competitors, our ability to accurately estimate, attain and sustain engagement revenue, margins
and cash flows over increasingly longer contract periods and general economic and political
conditions.
Our profitability is also a function of our ability to control our costs and improve our
efficiency. As we increase the number of our employees and execute our strategies for growth, we
may not be able to manage the significantly larger and more geographically diverse workforce that
may result, which could adversely affect our ability to control our costs or improve our
efficiency.
We have incurred losses in the past. We may not be profitable in the future and may not be able to
secure additional business.
We incurred losses in each of the three fiscal years from fiscal 2003 through fiscal 2005. We
expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods. If our
revenue does not grow at a faster rate than these expected increases in our expenses, or if our
operating expenses are higher than we anticipate, we may not be profitable and we may incur losses.
If we cause disruptions to our clients businesses, provide inadequate service or are in breach of
our representations or obligations, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us.
Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover these claims and, as a result, our profits may be
substantially reduced.
Most of our contracts with clients contain service level and performance requirements, including
requirements relating to the quality of our services and the timing and quality of responses to the
clients customer inquiries. In some cases, the quality of services that we provide is measured by
quality assurance ratings and surveys which are based in part on the results of direct monitoring
by our clients of interactions between our employees and our clients customers. Failure to
consistently meet service requirements of a client or errors made by our associates in the course
of delivering services to our clients could disrupt the clients business and result in a reduction
in revenue or a claim for substantial damages against us. For example, some of our agreements
stipulate standards of service that, if not met by us, will result in lower payment to us. In
addition, in connection with acquiring new business from a client or entering into client
contracts, our employees may make various representations, including representations relating to
the quality of our services, abilities of our associates and our project management techniques. A
failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement or our representations could seriously
damage our reputation and affect our ability to attract new business or result in a claim for
substantial damages against us.
Our dependence on our offshore delivery centers requires us to maintain active data and voice
communications between our main delivery centers in India, Costa Rica, the Philippines, Romania,
Sri Lanka and the UK, our international technology hubs in the US and the UK and our clients
offices. Although we maintain redundant facilities and communications links, disruptions could
result from, among other things, technical and electricity breakdowns, computer glitches and
viruses
and adverse weather conditions. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major
disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we
operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our
reputation, cause us to lose clients, reduce our revenue and harm our business.
Page 85
Under our contracts with our clients, our liability for breach of our obligations is generally
limited to actual damages suffered by the client and capped at a portion of the fees paid or
payable to us under the relevant contract. Although our contracts contain limitations on liability,
such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages.
In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to
indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under those agreements. Although we have
professional indemnity insurance coverage, the coverage may not continue to be available on
reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, and our insurers may
disclaim coverage as to any future claims. The successful assertion of one or more large claims
against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies
(including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements),
could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
We are liable to our clients for damages caused by unauthorized disclosure of sensitive and
confidential information, whether through a breach of our computer systems, through our employees
or otherwise.
We are typically required to manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential client data in
connection with the services we provide. Under the terms of our client contracts, we are required
to keep such information strictly confidential. Our client contracts do not include any limitation
on our liability to them with respect to breaches of our obligation to maintain confidentiality on
the information we receive from them. We seek to implement measures to protect sensitive and
confidential client data and have not experienced any material breach of confidentiality to date.
However, if any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our network security or
otherwise mismanages or misappropriates sensitive or confidential client data, we could be subject
to significant liability and lawsuits from our clients or their customers for breaching contractual
confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Although we have insurance coverage for mismanagement
or misappropriation of such information by our employees, that coverage may not continue to be
available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us
and our insurers may disclaim coverage as to any future claims. Penetration of the network security
of our data centers could have a negative impact on our reputation which would harm our business.
We may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition targets or integrating any acquired business
into our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Our growth strategy involves gaining new clients and expanding our service offerings, both
organically and through strategic acquisitions. Historically, we have expanded some of our service
offerings and gained new clients through strategic acquisitions. For example, we acquired Aviva
Global in July 2008, BizAps in June 2008, Chang Limited in April 2008, and Flovate Technologies
Limited, or Flovate (which we subsequently renamed as WNS Workflow Technologies Limited), in June
2007. In March 2008, we entered into a joint venture with Advanced Contact Solutions, Inc., or ACS,
a provider in BPO services and customer care in the Philippines, to form WNS Philippines Inc. It is
possible that in the future we may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition targets
available for sale or investments on reasonable terms, have access to the capital required to
finance potential acquisitions or investments, or be able to consummate any acquisition or
investments. The inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or investments or the inability
to complete such transactions may affect our competitiveness and our growth prospects. In addition,
our management may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired business into our operations
or benefit from any joint ventures that we enter into, and any acquisition we do complete or any
joint venture we do enter into may not result in long-term benefits to us. For example, if we
acquire a company, we could experience difficulties in assimilating that companys personnel,
operations, technology and software, or the key personnel of the acquired company may decide not to
work for us. The lack of profitability of any of our acquisitions or joint ventures could have a
material adverse effect on our operating results. Future acquisitions or joint ventures may also
result in the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of additional equity securities and may
present difficulties in financing the acquisition on attractive terms. Further, we may receive
claims or demands by the sellers of the entities acquired by us on the indemnities that we have
provided to them for losses or damages arising from any breach of contract by us. Conversely, while
we may be able to claim against the sellers on their indemnities to us for breach of contract or
breach of the representations and warranties given by the sellers in respect of the entities
acquired by us,
there can be no assurance that our claims will succeed, or if they do, that we will be able to
successfully enforce our claims against the sellers at a reasonable cost. Acquisitions and joint
ventures also typically involve a number of other risks, including diversion of managements
attention, legal liabilities and the need to amortize acquired intangible assets, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition
and cash flows.
Page 86
We recorded an impairment charge of $15.5 million to our earnings in fiscal 2008 and may be
required to record a significant charge to earnings in the future when we review our goodwill,
intangible or other assets for potential impairment.
As at March 31, 2011, we had goodwill and intangible assets of approximately $94.0 million and
$156.6 million, respectively, which primarily resulted from the purchases of Aviva Global, BizAps,
Chang Limited, Flovate, Marketics Technologies (India) Private Limited, or Marketics, Town &
Country Assistance Limited (which we subsequently rebranded as WNS Assistance) and WNS Global
Services Private Limited, or WNS Global. Of the $156.6 million of intangible assets as at March 31,
2011, $151.2 million pertain to our purchase of Aviva Global. Under US GAAP, we are required to
review our goodwill, intangibles or other assets for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. In addition, goodwill, intangible
or other assets with indefinite lives are required to be tested for impairment at least annually.
We performed an impairment review and recorded an impairment charge of $15.5 million to our
earnings in fiscal 2008 relating to Trinity Partners. If, for example, the insurance industry
experiences a significant decline in business and we determine that we will not be able to achieve
the cash flows that we had expected from our acquisition of Aviva Global, we may have to record an
impairment of all or a portion of the $151.2 million of intangible assets relating to our purchase
of Aviva Global. Although our impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets in fiscal 2011,
2010 and 2009 did not indicate any impairment, we may be required in the future to record a
significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any
impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets is determined. Such charges may have a
significant adverse impact on our results of operations.
Our facilities are at risk of damage by natural disasters.
Our operational facilities and communication hubs may be damaged in natural disasters such as
earthquakes, floods, heavy rains, tsunamis and cyclones. For example, during floods caused by
typhoons in Manila, Philippines in September 2009, our delivery center was rendered inaccessible
and our associates were not able to commute to the delivery center for a few days, thereby
adversely impacting our provision of services to our clients. During the floods in Mumbai in July
2005, our operations were adversely affected as a result of the disruption of the citys public
utility and transport services making it difficult for our associates to commute to our office.
Such natural disasters may also lead to disruption to information systems and telephone service for
sustained periods. Damage or destruction that interrupts our provision of outsourcing services
could damage our relationships with our clients and may cause us to incur substantial additional
expenses to repair or replace damaged equipment or facilities. We may also be liable to our clients
for disruption in service resulting from such damage or destruction. While we currently have
property damage insurance and business interruption insurance, our insurance coverage may not be
sufficient. Furthermore, we may be unable to secure such insurance coverage at premiums acceptable
to us in the future or secure such insurance coverage at all. Prolonged disruption of our services
as a result of natural disasters would also entitle our clients to terminate their contracts with
us.
Our largest shareholder, Warburg Pincus, is able to significantly influence our corporate actions,
and may also enter into transactions that may result in a change in control of our company.
Warburg Pincus beneficially owns approximately 48.1% of our shares. As a result of its ownership
position, Warburg Pincus has the ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder
and board approval including, without limitation, the election of directors, significant corporate
transactions such as amalgamations and consolidations, changes in control of our company and sales
of all or substantially all of our assets. Actions that are supported by Warburg Pincus are very
likely to be taken and the interests of Warburg Pincus may differ from the interests of other
shareholders of our company.
A change in control or potential change in control transaction may consume management time and
company resources and may have a material adverse impact on our business.
In July 2009, our Board of Directors received unsolicited offers from a few financial institutions
and strategic investors to buy a majority or all of the ordinary shares of our company. While such
offers or proposed sale may not result in the consummation of a change in control transaction,
consideration and evaluation of such offers may consume management time and company resources and
distract managements
attention. Warburg Pincus, our 48.1% shareholder, may also seek to sell all or a substantial
portion of its shareholding in our company, which may result in a change in control in our company.
A potential change in control may cause uncertainty among our employees, our creditors and other
stakeholders, and may thereby have a material adverse impact on our business. If a change in
control transaction is consummated, many of our client contracts may entitle those clients to
terminate the client contract with our company. Any of the foregoing events could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, as well
as cause our ADS price to fall.
Page 87
We have certain anti-takeover provisions in our Articles of Association that may discourage a
change in control.
Our Articles of Association contain anti-takeover provisions that could make it more difficult for
a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions
include:
|
|
a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms; and |
|
|
|
the ability of our Board of Directors to determine the rights,
preferences and privileges of our preferred shares and to issue the
preferred shares without shareholder approval, which could be
exercised by our Board of Directors to increase the number of
outstanding shares and prevent or delay a takeover attempt. |
These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third
partys offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be
limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.
It may be difficult for you to effect service of process and enforce legal judgments against us or
our affiliates.
We are incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and our primary operating subsidiary, WNS Global,
is incorporated in India. A majority of our directors and senior executives are not residents of
the US and virtually all of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside the US.
As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process within the US upon those
persons or us. In addition, you may be unable to enforce judgments obtained in courts of the US
against those persons outside the jurisdiction of their residence, including judgments predicated
solely upon the securities laws of the US.
We face competition from onshore and offshore business process outsourcing companies and from
information technology companies that also offer business process outsourcing services. Our clients
may also choose to run their business processes themselves, either in their home countries or
through captive units located offshore.
The market for outsourcing services is very competitive and we expect competition to intensify and
increase from a number of sources. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets
are price, service quality, sales and marketing skills, and industry expertise. We face significant
competition from our clients own in-house groups including, in some cases, in-house departments
operating offshore or captive units. Clients who currently outsource a significant proportion of
their business processes or information technology services to vendors in India may, for various
reasons, including diversifying geographic risk, seek to reduce their dependence on any one
country. We also face competition from onshore and offshore business process outsourcing and
information technology services companies. In addition, the trend toward offshore outsourcing,
international expansion by foreign and domestic competitors and continuing technological changes
will result in new and different competitors entering our markets. These competitors may include
entrants from the communications, software and data networking industries or entrants in geographic
locations with lower costs than those in which we operate.
Some of these existing and future competitors have greater financial, human and other resources,
longer operating histories, greater technological expertise, more recognizable brand names and more
established relationships in the industries that we currently serve or may serve in the future. In
addition, some of our competitors may enter into strategic or commercial relationships among
themselves or with larger, more established companies in order to increase their ability to address
client needs, or enter into similar arrangements with potential clients. Increased competition, our
inability to compete successfully against competitors, pricing pressures or loss of market share
could result in reduced operating margins which could harm our business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows.
Page 88
We are incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands and are subject to Jersey rules and regulations. If
the tax benefits enjoyed by our company are withdrawn or changed, we may be liable for higher tax,
thereby reducing our profitability.
As a company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, we enjoy tax benefits that result in us not
having to pay taxes in Jersey. In late 2009 it was reported that concerns had been raised by some
members of the European Unions Economic and Financial Affairs Council, or ECOFIN, Code of Conduct
Group that the current tax regime for companies in Jersey, known as zero-ten, could be
interpreted as being outside the spirit of the EU Code of Conduct for Business Taxation, or the
Code. In the light of this, the Treasury and Resources Minister of the States of Jersey announced a
review of business taxation in Jersey in his budget speech on December 8, 2009. In a review
undertaken on January 31, 2011 by the EU Councils High Level Working Party on tax issues, or HLWP,
it was concluded that the personal tax provisions known as the deemed distribution and
attribution rules were in fact a business tax measure, and were therefore within the scope of the
Code.
On February 15, 2011, and in the light of the HLWPs conclusions, the States of Jersey announced
that the zero-ten regime will remain in place but that, as part of its good neighbor policy, Jersey
will amend it by repealing the deemed distribution and attribution rules with effect from January
1, 2012. In its meeting on February 17, 2011 the Code of Conduct Group assessed the existing
zero-ten regime as harmful under the Code without considering Jerseys proposals to amend it
(although the Code of Conduct Group acknowledged and welcomed the proposals to amend it and agreed
to review the proposals at a future meeting). ECOFIN met on June 20, 2011 to formally complete the
assessment of Jerseys tax existing zero-ten regime, again without considering Jerseys proposals
to amend it. The Code of Conduct Group is expected to assess the amended zero-ten regime in
September 2011, with a final decision on the proposed amendments expected from ECOFIN in December
2011.
Although it is not anticipated that the way in which either we or our shareholders not resident in
Jersey are taxed in Jersey will change, the Code of Conduct Group still has to meet in September
2011 and ECOFIN still has to meet in December 2011 to consider Jerseys proposals to amend the
zero-ten regime. Nonetheless, we cannot assure you that in the future the current taxation regime
applicable in Jersey will not be amended and render us liable for taxation.
Page 89
Risks Related to Key Delivery Locations
A substantial portion of our assets and operations are located in India and we are subject to
regulatory, economic, social and political uncertainties in India.
Our primary operating subsidiary, WNS Global, is incorporated in India, and a substantial portion
of our assets and employees are located in India. We intend to continue to develop and expand our
facilities in India. The Government of India, however, has exercised and continues to exercise
significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. The Government of India has provided
significant tax incentives and relaxed certain regulatory restrictions in order to encourage
foreign investment in specified sectors of the economy, including the business process outsourcing
industry. Those programs that have benefited us include tax holidays, liberalized import and export
duties and preferential rules on foreign investment and repatriation. We cannot assure you that
such liberalization policies will continue. Various factors, including a collapse of the present
coalition government due to the withdrawal of support of coalition members or the formation of a
new unstable government with limited support, could trigger significant changes in Indias economic
liberalization and deregulation policies and disrupt business and economic conditions in India
generally and our business in particular. The Government of India may decide to introduce the
reservation policy. According to this policy, all companies operating in the private sector in
India, including our subsidiaries in India, would be required to reserve a certain percentage of
jobs for the economically underprivileged population in the relevant state where such companies are
incorporated. If this policy is introduced, our ability to hire employees of our choice may be
restricted. Our financial performance and the market price of our ADSs may be adversely affected by
changes in inflation, exchange rates and controls, interest rates, Government of India policies
(including taxation policies), social stability or other political, economic or diplomatic
developments affecting India in the future.
India has witnessed communal clashes in the past. Although such clashes in India have, in the
recent past, been sporadic and have been contained within reasonably short periods of time, any
such civil disturbance in the future could result in disruptions in transportation or communication
networks, as well as have adverse implications for general economic conditions in India. Such
events could have a material adverse effect on our business, on the value of our ADSs and on your
investment in our ADSs.
If the tax benefits and other incentives that we currently enjoy are reduced or withdrawn or not
available for any other reason, our financial condition would be negatively affected.
We have benefitted from, and continue to benefit from, certain tax holidays and exemptions in
various jurisdictions in which we have operations.
For example, the majority of our Indian operations were eligible to claim income-tax exemption with
respect to profits earned from export revenue from operating units registered under STPI. The
benefit was available for a period of 10 years from the date of commencement of operations, but not
beyond March 31, 2011. We had 13 delivery centers for the year ended March 31, 2011 eligible for
the income tax exemption, which expired on April 1, 2011 for all the units. We incurred minimal
income tax expense on our Indian operations in fiscal 2011 as a result of this tax exemption,
compared to approximately $13.6 million that we would have incurred if the tax exemption had not
been available for the period. Effective April 1, 2011, upon the expiration of this tax exemption,
income derived from our operations in India is subject to the annual tax rate of 32.45%. As a
result, we expect our tax expense to materially increase in this fiscal 2012 and going forward.
Further, in 2005, the Government of India implemented the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005, or the
SEZ legislation, with the effect that taxable income of new operations established in designated
special economic zones, or SEZs, may be eligible for a 15-year tax holiday scheme consisting of a
complete tax holiday for the initial five years and a partial tax holiday for the subsequent ten
years, subject to the satisfaction of certain capital investment conditions. We have a delivery
center located in Gurgaon, India registered under the SEZ scheme and eligible for 100% income tax
exemption until fiscal 2012, and 50% income tax exemption from fiscal 2013 till fiscal 2022. During
fiscal 2012, we have also started operations in delivery centers in Pune & Navi Mumbai, India
registered under the SEZ scheme and eligible for 100% income tax exemption until fiscal 2016 and
50% income tax exemption from fiscal 2017 till 2026. The SEZ legislation has been criticized on
economic grounds by the International Monetary Fund and the SEZ legislation may be challenged by
certain non-governmental organizations. It is possible that, as a result of such political
pressures, the procedure for obtaining the benefits under the SEZ legislation may become more
onerous, the types of land eligible for SEZ status may be further restricted or the SEZ legislation
may be amended or repealed. Moreover, there is continuing uncertainty as to the governmental and
regulatory approvals required to establish operations in the SEZs or to qualify for the tax
benefit. This uncertainty may delay our establishment of operations in the SEZs. Further, the
Government of India, pursuant to the Indian Finance Act, 2011, has levied minimum alternate tax, or
MAT, on the profits earned by the SEZ units at the rate of 20.01%.
We have operations in Costa Rica and Philippines which are also eligible for tax exemptions which
expire in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2013, respectively. Our operations in Sri Lanka are also eligible
for tax exemptions. We incurred minimal income tax expense on our Sri Lanka operations in fiscal
2011 as a result of the tax holiday, compared to approximately $0.5 million that we would have
incurred if the tax holiday had not been available for the period. The tax holiday our Sri Lankan
subsidiary initially relied upon expired in fiscal 2011. However, the Government of Sri Lanka has
exempted the profits earned from export revenue from tax. This enables our Sri Lankan subsidiary to
continue to claim tax exemption under the Sri Lankan Inland Revenue Act following the expiry of the
tax holiday.
We incurred minimal income tax expense on our operations in Philippines, Sri Lanka and SEZ
operations in India in the first three months of fiscal 2012 as a result of the tax holidays
described above, compared to approximately $0.3 million that we would have incurred if the tax
holiday had not been available for the period.
When our tax holiday expires or terminates, or if the applicable government withdraws or reduces
the benefits of a tax holiday that we enjoy, our tax expense will materially increase and this
increase will have a material impact on our results of operations.
The applicable tax authorities may also disallow deductions claimed by us and assess additional
taxable income on us in connection with their review of our tax returns.
We are subject to transfer pricing and other tax related regulations and any determination that we
have failed to comply with them could materially adversely affect our profitability.
Transfer pricing regulations to which we are subject require that any international transaction
among WNS and its subsidiaries, or the WNS group enterprises, be on arms-length terms. We believe
that the international transactions among the WNS group enterprises are on arms-length terms. If,
however, the applicable tax authorities determine the transactions among the WNS group enterprises
do not meet arms length criteria, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest
and penalties. This would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, thereby reducing
our profitability and cash flows.
Page 90
We may be required to pay additional taxes in connection with audits by the Indian tax authorities.
From time to time, we receive orders of assessment from the Indian tax authorities assessing
additional taxable income on us and/or our subsidiaries in connection with their review of our tax
returns. We currently have a few orders of assessment outstanding that we believe could be material
to our company given the magnitude of the claim. For example, in January 2009, we received an order
of assessment from the Indian tax authorities that assessed additional taxable income for fiscal
2005 on WNS Global, our wholly-owned Indian subsidiary, that could give rise to an estimated
728.1
million ($16.3 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) in additional taxes, including
interest of
225.9 million ($5 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011). The assessment
order alleges that the transfer price we applied to international transactions between WNS Global,
one of our Indian subsidiaries, and our other wholly owned subsidiaries was not appropriate,
disallows certain expenses claimed as tax deductible by WNS Global and disallows a tax holiday
benefit claimed by us. We had disputed the said order of assessment before a first level Indian
appellate authority. In November 2010, we received the order from the first level Indian appellate
authority for fiscal 2005 deciding the issues in our favor. However, the order has been contested
before higher appellate authorities by the Indian tax authorities.
In November 2009, we received a draft order of assessment for fiscal 2006 from the Indian tax
authorities (incorporating a transfer pricing order that we had received in October 2009). We had
disputed the draft order of assessment before Dispute Resolution Panel, or DRP, a panel set up by
Government of India as an alternative to first appellate authority. In September 2010, we received
the DRP order, as well as the order of assessment giving effect to DRP order, that assessed
additional taxable income for fiscal 2006 on WNS Global that could give rise to an estimated
457.3
million ($10.2 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) in additional taxes, including
interest of
160.4 million ($3.6 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011). The
assessment order involves issues similar to that alleged in the order for fiscal 2005. Further, in
September 2010, we also received the DRP orders, as well as the orders of assessment giving effect
to the DRP orders, relating to our certain other subsidiaries assessed for tax in India, that
assessed additional taxable income for fiscal 2006 that could give rise to an estimated
273.2
million ($6.1 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) in additional taxes, including
interest of
95.4 million ($2.1 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011). The DRP
orders as well as assessment orders allege that the transfer price we applied to international
transactions with its related parties were not appropriate and taxed certain receipts claimed by us
as not taxable. We have disputed these orders before higher appellate tax authorities.
In February 2011, we received the order of assessment for fiscal 2007 from the Indian tax
authorities (incorporating a transfer pricing order that we had received in November 2010) that
assessed additional taxable income on WNS Global that could give rise to an estimated
854.4
million ($19.1 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011) in additional taxes, including
interest of
277.3 million ($6.2 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2011). Further, in
February 2011, we also received the orders of assessment, relating to certain of our other
subsidiaries assessed for tax in India, that assessed additional taxable income for fiscal 2007
that could give rise to an estimated
462.7 million ($10.3 million based on the exchange rate on
June 30, 2011) in additional taxes, including interest of
145.6 million ($3.3 million based on the
exchange rate on June 30, 2011). The orders of assessment involve issues similar to that alleged in
the orders for fiscal 2005 and 2006. We have disputed the said orders of assessment before first
level Indian appellate authorities.
Based on certain favorable decision from appellate authorities in previous years, certain legal
opinions from counsel and after consultation with the Indian tax advisors, we believe that the
chances of the aforementioned assessments, upon challenge, being sustained at the higher appellate
authorities are remote and we intend to vigorously dispute the assessments and order. We have
deposited a small portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities and may be required to
deposit the remaining portion of the disputed amount with the tax authorities pending final
resolution of the respective matters.
In March 2009, we received from the Indian service tax authority an assessment order demanding
payment of
346.2 million ($7.7 million based on the exchange rate on June 30, 2010) of service tax
and penalty for the period from March 1, 2003 to January 31, 2005. The assessment order alleges
that service tax is payable in India on BPO services provided by us to clients. In April 2009, we
filed an appeal to the appellate tribunal against the assessment order and the appeal is currently
pending. After consultation with the Indian tax advisors, we believe the chances that the
assessment would be upheld against us are remote. We intend to continue to vigorously dispute the
assessment.
No assurance can be given, however, that we will prevail in our tax disputes. If we do not prevail,
payment of additional taxes, interest and penalties may adversely affect our results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows.
There can also be no assurance that we will not receive similar or additional orders of assessment
in the future. See Part II Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations Tax Assessment Orders for more details on these assessments.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence involving India or its neighboring countries could
adversely affect our operations, resulting in a loss of client confidence and materially adversely
affecting our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving India or its neighboring countries
may adversely affect worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to economic recession,
which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash
flows. South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities
among neighboring countries, including India and Pakistan. In previous years, military
confrontations between India and Pakistan have occurred in the region of Kashmir and along the
India/Pakistan border. There have also been incidents in and near India such as the bombings of the
Taj Mahal Hotel and Oberoi
Hotel in Mumbai in 2008, a terrorist attack on the Indian Parliament, troop mobilizations along the
India/Pakistan border and an aggravated geopolitical situation in the region. Such military
activity or terrorist attacks in the future could influence the Indian economy by disrupting
communications and making travel more difficult. Resulting political tensions could create a
greater perception that investments in Indian companies involve a high degree of risk. Such
political tensions could similarly create a perception that there is a risk of disruption of
services provided by India-based companies, which could have a material adverse effect on the
market for our services. Furthermore, if India were to become engaged in armed hostilities,
particularly hostilities that were protracted or involved the threat or use of nuclear weapons, we
might not be able to continue our operations.
Page 91
Restrictions on entry visas may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients
in the US and the UK, which could have a material adverse effect on future revenue.
The vast majority of our employees are Indian nationals. The ability of some of our executives to
work with and meet our European and North American clients and our clients from other countries
depends on the ability of our senior managers and employees to obtain the necessary visas and entry
permits. In response to previous terrorist attacks and global unrest, US and European immigration
authorities have increased the level of scrutiny in granting visas. Immigration laws in those
countries may also require us to meet certain other legal requirements as a condition to obtaining
or maintaining entry visas. These restrictions have significantly lengthened the time requirements
to obtain visas for our personnel, which has in the past resulted, and may continue to result, in
delays in the ability of our personnel to meet with our clients. In addition, immigration laws are
subject to legislative change and varying standards of application and enforcement due to political
forces, economic conditions or other events, including terrorist attacks. We cannot predict the
political or economic events that could affect immigration laws, or any restrictive impact those
events could have on obtaining or monitoring entry visas for our personnel. If we are unable to
obtain the necessary visas for personnel who need to visit our clients sites or, if such visas are
delayed, we may not be able to provide services to our clients or to continue to provide services
on a timely basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
If more stringent labor laws become applicable to us, our profitability may be adversely affected.
India has stringent labor legislation that protects the interests of workers, including legislation
that sets forth detailed procedures for dispute resolution and employee removal and legislation
that imposes financial obligations on employers upon retrenchment. Though we are exempt from a
number of these labor laws at present, there can be no assurance that such laws will not become
applicable to the business process outsourcing industry in India in the future. In addition, our
employees may in the future form unions. If these labor laws become applicable to our workers or if
our employees unionize, it may become difficult for us to maintain flexible human resource
policies, discharge employees or downsize, and our profitability may be adversely affected.
Risks Related to our ADSs
Substantial future sales of our shares or ADSs in the public market could cause our ADS price to
fall.
Sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of our ADSs in the public market, or the
perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline. These
sales, or the perception that these sales could occur, also might make it more difficult for us to
sell securities in the future at a time or at a price that we deem appropriate or pay for
acquisitions using our equity securities. As at June 30, 2011, we had 44,500,684 ordinary shares
outstanding, including 22,506,533 shares represented by 22,506,533 ADSs. In addition, as
at June 30, 2011, there were options and RSUs outstanding under our
2002 Stock Incentive Plan and our Amended and Restated 2006 Incentive Award Plan to purchase a
total of 3,051,865 ordinary shares or ADSs. All ADSs are freely transferable, except that ADSs
owned by our affiliates, including Warburg Pincus, may only be sold in the US if they are
registered or qualify for an exemption from registration, including pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares
outstanding may be sold in the United States if they are registered or qualify for an exemption
from registration, including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The market price for our ADSs may be volatile.
The market price for our ADSs is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in
response to factors including the following:
|
|
announcements of technological developments; |
|
|
|
regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our
clients or our competitors; |
Page 92
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our three monthly operating results; |
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts; |
|
|
|
changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other
companies engaged in business process outsourcing; |
|
|
|
addition or loss of executive officers or key employees; |
|
|
|
sales or expected sales of additional shares or ADSs; |
|
|
|
loss of one or more significant clients; and |
|
|
|
a change in control, or possible change of control, of our company. |
In addition, securities markets generally and from time to time experience significant price and
volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies.
These market fluctuations may also have a material adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs.
Holders of ADSs may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.
At our request, the depositary of the ADSs will mail to you any notice of shareholders meeting
received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary to exercise
the voting rights of the ordinary shares represented by ADSs. If the depositary timely receives
voting instructions from you, it will endeavor to vote the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs
in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the depositary to carry out
voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the ordinary
shares on deposit. We cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to enable
you to return voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner. Ordinary shares for which
no voting instructions have been received will not be voted.
As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules of the Commission, which
regulate the form and content of solicitations by US-based issuers of proxies from their
shareholders. The form of notice and proxy statement that we have been using does not include all
of the information that would be provided under the Commissions proxy rules.
We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company which could result in adverse United
States federal income tax consequences to US Holders.
We believe we are not a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal
income tax purposes for the year ended March 31, 2011. However, we must make a separate
determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC after the close of each taxable year. A non-US
corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross
income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of
the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or
are held for the production of passive income. As noted in our annual report for our taxable year
ended March 31, 2007, our PFIC status in respect of our taxable year ended March 31, 2007 was
uncertain. If we were treated as a PFIC for any year during which you held ADSs or ordinary shares,
we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold ADSs or
ordinary shares, absent a special election.
Page 93
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunder duly authorized.
Date: July 21, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Alok Misra
Name: Alok Misra
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Group Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Page 94